diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4091-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 63885 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4091-h/4091-h.htm | 4307 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4091.txt | 3201 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4091.zip | bin | 0 -> 62510 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/frtwn10.txt | 3361 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/frtwn10.zip | bin | 0 -> 62034 bytes |
9 files changed, 10885 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4091-h.zip b/4091-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bbc46b --- /dev/null +++ b/4091-h.zip diff --git a/4091-h/4091-h.htm b/4091-h/4091-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26afd7d --- /dev/null +++ b/4091-h/4091-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4307 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML> +<HEAD> + +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + +<TITLE> +The Project Gutenberg E-text of The French Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins +</TITLE> + +<STYLE TYPE="text/css"> +BODY { color: Black; + background: White; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; + text-align: justify } + +P {text-indent: 4% } + +P.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +P.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: small } + +P.letter {text-indent: 0%; + font-size: small ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.footnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.finis { font-size: larger ; + text-align: center ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +</STYLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The French Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The French Twins + +Author: Lucy Fitch Perkins + +Posting Date: July 4, 2009 [EBook #4091] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: November 21, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRENCH TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Lynn Hill. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + +</pre> + + +<BR><BR> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +To all friends of the brave children of France +</H4> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +Map of the Voyage +</H5> + +<BR> + +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +THE FRENCH TWINS +</H1> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +by +</H3> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +Lucy Fitch Perkins +</H2> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +CONTENTS +</H2> + +<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%"> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">I. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap01">THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">II. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap02">ON THE WAY HOME</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">III. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap03">THE COMING OF THE GERMANS</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">IV. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap04">THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">V. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap05">AT MADAME COUDERT'S</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VI. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap06">THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VII. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap07">HOME AGAIN</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VIII. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap08">REFUGEES</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">IX. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap09">THE FOREIGN LEGION</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">X. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap10">FONTANELLE</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">XI. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap11">A SURPRISE</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">XII. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap12">MORNING IN THE MEADOW</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">XIII. </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap13">CHILDREN OF THE LEGION</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#vocabulary">PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#suggestions">SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS</A></TD> +</TR> + + +</TABLE> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap01"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +I. THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE +</H3> + +<P> +The sunlight of the clear September afternoon shone across the roofs of +the City of Rheims, and fell in a yellow flood upon the towers of the +most beautiful cathedral in the world, turning them into two shining +golden pillars against the deep blue of the eastern sky. +</P> + +<P> +The streets below were already in shadow, but the sunshine still poured +through the great rose window above the western portal, lighting the +dim interior of the church with long shafts of brilliant reds, blues, +and greens, and falling at last in a shower of broken color upon the +steps of the high altar. Somewhere in the mysterious shadows an unseen +musician touched the keys of the great organ, and the voice of the +Cathedral throbbed through its echoing aisles in tremulous waves of +sound. Above the deep tones of the bass notes a delicate melody +floated, like a lark singing above the surf. +</P> + +<P> +Though the great church seemed empty but for sound and color, there +lingered among its shadows a few persons who loved it well. There were +priests and a few worshipers. There was also Father Varennes, the +Verger, and far away in one of the small chapels opening from the apse +in the eastern end good Mother Meraut was down upon her knees, not +praying as you might suppose, but scrubbing the stone floor. Mother +Meraut was a wise woman; she knew when to pray and when to scrub, and +upon occasion did both with equal energy to the glory of God and the +service of his Church. Today it was her task to make the little chapel +clean and sweet, for was not the Abbe coming to examine the +Confirmation Class in its catechism, and were not her own two children, +Pierre and Pierette, in the class? In time to the heart-beats of the +organ, Mother Meraut swept her brush back and forth, and it was already +near the hour for the class to assemble when at last she set aside her +scrubbing-pail, wiped her hands upon her apron, and began to dust the +chairs which had been standing outside the arched entrance, and to +place them in orderly rows within the chapel. +</P> + +<P> +She had nearly completed her task, when there was a tap-tapping upon +the stone floor, and down the long aisle, leaning upon his crutch, came +Father Varennes. He stopped near the chapel and watched her as she +whisked the last chair into place and then paused with her hands upon +her hips to make a final inspection of her work. +</P> + +<P> +"Bonjour, Antoinette," said the Verger. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut turned her round, cheerful face toward him. "Ah, it is +you, Henri," she cried, "come, no doubt, to see if the chapel is clean +enough for the Abbe! Well, behold." +</P> + +<P> +The Verger peered through the arched opening, and sniffed the wet, +soapy smell which pervaded the air. "One might even eat from your clean +floor, Antoinette," he said, smiling, "and taste nothing worse with his +food than a bit of soap. Truly the chapel is as clean as a shriven +soul." +</P> + +<P> +"It's a bold bit of dirt that would try to stand out against me," +declared Mother Meraut, with a flourish of her dust-cloth, "for when I +go after it I think to myself, 'Ah, if I but had one of those +detestable Germans by the nose, how I would grind it!' and the very +thought brings such power to my elbow that I check myself lest I wear +through the stones of the floor." +</P> + +<P> +The Verger laughed, then shook his head. "Truly, Antoinette," he said, +"I believe you could seize your husband's gun if he were to fall, and +fill his place in the Army as well as you fill his place here in the +Cathedral, doing a man's work with a woman's strength, and smiling as +if it were but play! Our France can never despair while there are women +like you." +</P> + +<P> +"My Jacques shall carry his own gun," said Mother Meraut, stoutly, "and +bring it home with him when the war is over, if God wills, and may it +be soon! Meanwhile I will help to keep our holy Cathedral clean as he +used to do. It is not easy work, but one must do what one can, and +surely it is better to do it with smiles than with tears!" +</P> + +<P> +The Verger nodded. "That is true," he said, "yet it is hard to smile in +the face of sorrow." +</P> + +<P> +"But we must smile—though our hearts break—for France, and for our +children, lest they forget joy!" cried Mother Meraut. She smiled as she +spoke, though her lip trembled "I will you the truth, Henri, sometimes +when I think of what the Germans have already done in Belgium, and may +yet do in France, I feel my heart breaking in my bosom. And then I say +to myself, 'Courage, Antoinette! It is our business to live bravely for +the France that is to be when this madness is over. Our armies are +still between us and the Boche. It is not time to be afraid.'" +</P> + +<P> +"And I tell you, they shall not pass," cried Father Varennes, striking +his crutch angrily upon the stone floor. "The brave soldiers of France +will not permit it! Oh, if I could but carry a gun instead of this!" He +rattled his crutch despairingly as he spoke. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut sighed. "Though I am a woman, I too wish I might fight +the invaders," she said, "but since I may not carry a gun, I will put +all the more energy into my broom and sweep the dirt from the Cathedral +as I would sweep the Germans back to the Rhine if I could." +</P> + +<P> +"It is, indeed, the only way for women, children, and such as I," +grieved the Verger. +</P> + +<P> +"Tut, tut," answered Mother Meraut cheerfully, "it isn't given us to +choose our service. If God had wanted us to fight he would have given +us power to do it." +</P> + +<P> +The Verger shook his head. "I wish I were sure of that," he said, "for +there's going to be need for all the fighting blood in France if half +one hears is true. They say now that the Germans are already far over +the French border and that our Army is retreating before them. The +roads are more than ever crowded with refugees, and the word they bring +is that the Germans have already reached the valley of the Aisne." +</P> + +<P> +"But that is at our very doors!" cried Mother Meraut. "It is absurd, +that rumor. Chicken hearts! They listen to nothing but their fears. As +for me, I will not believe it until I must. I will trust in the Army as +I do in my God and the holy Saints." +</P> + +<P> +"Amen," responded the Verger devoutly. +</P> + +<P> +At this moment the great western portal swung on its hinges, a patch of +light showed itself against the gloom of the interior of the Cathedral, +and the sound of footsteps and of fresh young voices mingled with the +tones of the organ. +</P> + +<P> +"It's the children, bless their innocent hearts," said Mother Meraut. +"I hear the voices of my Pierre and Pierrette." +</P> + +<P> +"And I of my Jean," said the Verger, starting hastily down the aisle. +"The little magpies forget they must be quiet in the House of God!" He +shook his finger at them and laid it warningly upon his lips. The noise +instantly subsided, and it was a silent and demure little company that +tiptoed up the aisle, bent the knee before the altar, and then filed +past Mother Meraut into the chapel which she had made so clean. +</P> + +<P> +Pierre and Pierrette led the procession, and Mother Meraut beamed with +pride as they blew her a kiss in passing. They were children that any +mother might be proud of. Pierrette had black, curling hair and blue +eyes with long black lashes, and Pierre was a straight, tall, and +manly-looking boy. The Twins were nine years old. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut knew many of the children in the Confirmation Class, for +they were all schoolmates and companions of Pierre and Pierrette. There +was Paul, the sore of the inn-keeper, with Marie, his sister. There was +Victor, whose father rang the Cathedral chimes. There were David and +Genevieve, and Madeleine and Virginie and Etienne, and last of all +there was jean, the Verger's son—little Jean, the youngest in the +class. Mother Meraut nodded to them all as they passed. +</P> + +<P> +Promptly on the first stroke of the hour the Abbe appeared in the north +transept of the Cathedral and made his way with quick, decided steps +toward the chapel. He was a young man with thick dark hair almost +concealed beneath his black three-cornered cap, and as he walked, his +long black soutane swung about him in vigorous folds. When he appeared +in the door of the chapel the class rose politely to greet him. +"Bonjour, my children," said the Abbe, and then, turning his back upon +them, bowed before the crucifix upon the chapel altar. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut and the Verger slipped quietly away to their work in +other portions of the church, and the examination began. First the Abby +asked the children to recite the Lord's Prayer, the Creed, and the Ten +Commandments in unison, and when they had done this without a mistake, +he said "Bravo! Now I wonder if you can each do as well alone? Let me +see, I will call upon—" He paused and looked about as if he were +searching for the child who was most likely to do it well. +</P> + +<P> +Three girls—Genevieve, Virginie, and Pierrette—raised their hands and +waved them frantically in the air, but, curiously enough, the Abbe did +not seem to see them. Instead his glance fell upon Pierre, who was +gazing thoughtfully at the vaulted ceiling and hoping with all his +heart that the Abbe would not call upon him. "Pierre!" he said, and any +one looking at him very closely might have seen a twinkle in his eye as +Pierre withdrew his gaze from the ceiling and struggled reluctantly to +his feet. "You may recite the Ten Commandments." +</P> + +<P> +Pierre began quite glibly, "Thou shalt have no other gods before me," +and went on, with only two mistakes and one long wait, until he had +reached the fifth. "Thou shalt not kill," he recited, and then to save +his life he could not think what came next. He gazed imploringly at the +ceiling again, and at the high stained-glass window, but they told him +nothing. He kicked backward gently, hoping that Pierrette, who sat +next, would prompt him, but she too failed to respond. "I'll ask a +question," thought Pierre desperately, "and while the Abbe is answering +maybe it will come to me." Aloud he said: "If you please, your +reverence, I don't understand about that commandment. It says, 'Thou +shalt not kill,' and yet our soldiers have gone to war on purpose to +kill Germans, and the priests blessed them as they marched away!" +</P> + +<P> +This was indeed a question! The class gasped with astonishment at +Pierre's boldness in asking it. The Abbe paused a moment before +answering. Then he said, "If you, Pierre, were to shoot a man in the +street in order to take his purse, would that be wrong?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," answered the whole class. +</P> + +<P> +"Very well," said the Abbe, "so it would. But if you should see a +murderer attack your mother or your sister, and you should kill him +before he could carry out his wicked purpose, would that be just the +same thing?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," wavered the class, a little doubtfully. +</P> + +<P> +"If instead of defending your mother or sister you were simply to stand +aside and let the murderer kill them both, you would really be helping +the murderer, would you not? It is like that today in France. An enemy +is upon us who seeks to kill us so that he may rob us of our beautiful +home land. God sees our hearts. He knows that the soldiers of France go +forth not to kill Germans but to save France! not wantonly to take +life, but because it is the only way to save lives for which they +themselves are ready to die. Ah, my children, it is one thing to kill +as a murderer kills; it is quite another to be willing to die that +others may live! Our Blessed Lord—" +</P> + +<P> +The Abbe lifted his hand to make the sign of the Cross—but it was +stayed in mid-air. The sentence he had begun was never finished, for at +that moment the great bell in the Cathedral tower began to ring. It was +not the clock striking the hour; it was not the chimes calling the +people to prayer. Instead, it was the terrible sound of the alarm bell +ringing out a warning to the people of Rheims that the Germans were at +their doors. +</P> + +<P> +Wide-eyed with terror, the children sprang from their seats, but the +Abbe, with hand uplifted, blocked the entrance and commanded them to +stay where they were. +</P> + +<P> +"Let no one leave the Cathedral," he cried. +</P> + +<P> +At this instant Mother Meraut appeared upon the threshold searching for +her children, and behind her, coming as fast as his lameness would +permit, came the Verger. The Abbe turned to them. "I leave these +children all in your care," he said. "Stay with them until I return." +</P> + +<P> +And without another word he disappeared in the shadows. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut sat down on one of the chairs she had dusted so +carefully, and gathered the frightened children about her as a hen +gathers her chickens under her wing. "There, now," she said cheerfully, +as she wiped their tears upon the corner of her apron, "let's save our +tears until we really know what we have to cry for. There never yet was +misery that couldn't be made worse by crying, anyway. The boys will be +brave, of course, whatever happens. And the girls—surely they will +remember that it was a girl who once saved France, and meet misfortune +bravely, like our blessed Saint Jeanne d'Arc." +</P> + +<P> +The Cathedral organ had ceased to fill the great edifice with sweet and +inspiring sounds. Instead, there now was only the muffled tread of +marching feet, the rumble of heavy wheels, and the low, ominous beating +of drums to break the stillness. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut and the children waited obediently in the chapel, +scarcely breathing in their suspense, while Father Varennes went +tap-tapping up and down the aisles eagerly watching for the Abbe to +reappear. At last he came. Mother Meraut, the Verger, and the children +all crowded about him, waiting breathlessly for him to speak. +</P> + +<P> +The Abbe was pale, but his voice was firm. "I have been to the north +tower," he said, "and there I could see for miles in every direction. +Far away to the east and north are massed the hordes of the German +Army; they are coming toward Rheims as a thunder-cloud comes rolling +over the sky. Between us and them is our Army, but alas, their faces +are turned this way. They are retreating before the German hosts! +Already French troops are marching through Rheims; already the streets +are filled with people who are fleeing from their homes for fear of the +Boche. Unless God sends a miracle, our City is indeed doomed, for a +time at least, to wear the German yoke." +</P> + +<P> +He paused, and the children burst into wild weeping. Mother Meraut +hushed them with comforting words. "Do not cry, my darlings," she said. +"God is not dead, and we shall yet live to see justice done and our +dear land restored to us. The soldiers now in the streets are all our +own brave defenders. We shall be able to go in safety, even though in +sorrow, to our homes." +</P> + +<P> +"Come," said the Abbe, "there is no time to lose. Our Army will, +without doubt, make a stand on the plains west of the City, and it will +not be long before the Germans pass through. You must go to your homes +as fast as possible. Henri, you remain here with your Jean, that you +may meet any of the parents who come for their children. Tell them I +have gone with them myself and will deliver each child safely at his +own door." +</P> + +<P> +"I can take cart of my own," said Mother Meraut. "You need have no fear +for us." +</P> + +<P> +"Very well," said the Abbe, and, calling the rest of the children about +him, he marched them down the aisle and out into the street. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut followed with Pierre and Pierrette. At the door they +paused and stood for a moment under the great sculptured arches to +survey the scene before them. The great square before the Cathedral was +filled with people, some weeping, others standing about as if dazed by +sorrow. Between the silent crowds which lined the sidewalks passed the +soldiers, grim and with set faces, keeping time to the throbbing of the +drums as they marched. Above the scene, in the center of the square, +towered the beautiful statue of Jeanne d'Arc, mounted upon her charger +and lifting her sword toward the sky. +</P> + +<P> +"Ah," murmured Mother Meraut to herself, "our blessed Maid still keeps +guard above the City!" She lifted her clasped hands toward the statue. +"Blessed Saint Jeanne," she prayed, "hear us in Paradise, and come once +more to save our beautiful France!" +</P> + +<P> +Then, waving a farewell to the Verger and Jean, who had followed them +to the door, she took her children by the hand and plunged with them +into the sad and silent crowd. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap02"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +II. ON THE WAY HOME +</H3> + +<P> +For some time after leaving the Cathedral, Mother Meraut and the Twins +lingered in the streets, forgetful of everything but the retreating +Army and the coming invasion. Everywhere there were crowds surging to +and fro. Some were hastening to close their places of business and put +up their shutters before the Germans should arrive. Some were hurrying +through the streets carrying babies and bundles. Others were wheeling +their few belongings upon barrows or in baby-carriages. Still others +flew by on bicycles with packages of clothing fastened to the +handle-bars; and there were many automobiles loaded to the brim with +household goods and fleeing families. +</P> + +<P> +Doors were flung open and left swinging on their hinges as people +escaped, scarcely looking behind them as they fled. These were refugees +from Rheims itself. There were many others wearily plodding through the +City, people who had come from Belgium and the border towns of France. +Some who had come from farms drove pitiful cattle before them, and some +journeyed in farm wagons, with babies and old people, chickens, dogs, +and household goods mixed in a heap upon beds of straw. In all the City +there was not a cheerful sight, and everywhere, above all other sounds, +were heard the rumble of wheels, the sharp clap-clap of horses' hoofs +upon the pavement, and the steady beat of marching feet. +</P> + +<P> +At last, weary and heartsick, the three wanderers turned into a side +street and stepped into a little shop where food was sold. "We must +have some supper," said Mother Meraut to the Twins, "Germans or no +Germans! One cannot carry a stout heart above an empty stomach! And if +it is to be our last meal in French Rheims, let us at least make it a +good one!" Though there was a catch in her voice, she smiled almost +gaily as she spoke. "Who knows?" she went on. "Perhaps after to-morrow +we shall be able to get nothing but sauerkraut and sausage!" +</P> + +<P> +The shop was not far from the little home of the Merauts, and they +often bought things of stout Madame Coudert, whose round face with its +round spectacles rose above the counter like a full moon from behind a +cloud. "Ah, mon amie," said Mother Meraut as she entered the shop, "it +is good to see you sitting in your place and not running away like a +hare before the hounds!" +</P> + +<P> +Madame Coudert shrugged her shoulders. "But of what use is it to run +when one has no place to run to?" she demanded. "As for me, I stay by +the shop and die at least respectably among my own cakes and pies. To +run through the country and die at last in a ditch—it would not suit +me at all!" +</P> + +<P> +"Bravo," cried Mother Meraut triumphantly. "Just my own idea! My +children and I will remain in our home and take what comes, rather than +leap from the frying-pan into the fire as so many are doing. If every +one runs away, there will be no Rheims at all." Then to Pierre and +Pierrette she said "Choose, each of you. What shall we buy for our +supper?" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre pointed a grimy finger at a small cake with pink frosting. +"That," he said briefly. +</P> + +<P> +His mother smiled. "Ah, Pierre, that sweet-tooth of yours!" she cried. +"Like Marie Antoinette you think if one lacks bread one may eat cakes! +And now it is Pierrette's turn; only be quick, ma mie, for it is +already late." +</P> + +<P> +"Eggs," said Pierrette promptly, "for one of your savory omelets, +mamma, and a bit of cheese." +</P> + +<P> +The purchases were quickly made, and, having said good-night to Madame +Coudert, they hurried on to the little house in the Rue Charly where +they lived. When they reached home, it was already quite dark. Mother +Meraut hastened up the steps and unlocked the door, and in less time +than it takes to tell it her bonnet was off, the fire was burning, and +the omelet was cooking on the stove. +</P> + +<P> +Pierrette set the table. "I'm going to place father's chair too," she +said to her mother. "He is no doubt thinking of us as we are of him, +and it will make him stem nearer." +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut nodded her head without speaking, and wiped her eyes on +her apron as she slid the omelet on to a hot plate. Then she seated +herself opposite the empty chair and with a steady voice prayed for a +blessing upon the food and upon the Armies of France. +</P> + +<P> +When they had finished supper, cleared it away, and put the kitchen in +order, Mother Meraut pointed to the clock. "Voila!" she cried, "hours +past your bedtime, and here you are still flapping about like two young +owls! To bed with you as fast as you can go." +</P> + +<P> +"But, Mother," began Pierre. +</P> + +<P> +"Not a single 'but,'" answered his Mother, wagging her finger at him. +"Va!" +</P> + +<P> +The children knew protest was useless, and in a few minutes they were +snugly tucked away. Long after they were both sound asleep, their +Mother sat with her head bowed upon the table, listening, listening to +the distant sound of marching feet. At last, worn out with grief and +anxiety, she too undressed, said her rosary, and, after a long look at +her sleeping children, blew out the candle and crept into bed beside +Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +Silence and darkness settled down upon the little household, and, for a +time at least, their sorrows were forgotten in the blessed oblivion of +sleep. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap03"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +III. THE COMING OF THE GERMANS +</H3> + +<P> +When the Twins opened their eyes the next morning, the first thing they +saw was the sun shining in at the eastern window of the kitchen, and +Mother Meraut bending over the fire. There was a smell of chocolate in +the air, and on the table there were rolls and butter. Pierre yawned +and rubbed his eyes. Pierrette sat up and tried to think what it was +she was so unhappy about; sleep had, for the time being, swept the +terrors of the night quite out of her mind. In an instant more the +fearful truth rolled over her like a wave, and she sank back upon the +pillow with a little moan. +</P> + +<P> +Her Mother heard and understood. She too had waked from sleep to +sorrow, but she only cried out cheerfully, "Bonjour, my sleepy heads! +Last night you did not want to go to your beds at all. This morning you +wish not to leave them! Hop into your clothes as fast as you can, or we +shall be late." +</P> + +<P> +"Late where?" asked Pierre. +</P> + +<P> +"To my work at the Cathedral, to be sure," answered Mother Meraut +promptly. "Where else? Did you think the Germans would make me sit at +home and cry for terror while my work waits? Whoever rules in Rheims, +the Cathedral still stands and must be kept clean." +</P> + +<P> +It was wonderful how the dismal world brightened to Pierre and +Pierrette as they heard their Mother's brave voice. They flew out of +bed at once and were dressed in a twinkling. +</P> + +<P> +While they ate their breakfast, Pierre thought of a plan. "We ought to +take a lot of food with us to-day," he said to his Mother. "There's no +telling what may happen before night. Maybe we can't get home at all +and shall have to sleep in the Cathedral." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh," shuddered Pierrette, "among all those tombs?" +</P> + +<P> +"There are worse places where one might sleep," said the Mother. "The +dead are less to be feared than the living, and the Cathedral is the +safest place in Rheims." She brought out a wicker basket and began to +pack it with food as she talked. First she put in two pots of jam. +"There," said she, "that's the jam Grandmother made from her +gooseberries at the farm." +</P> + +<P> +She paused, struck by a new alarm. Her father and mother lived in a +tiny village far west of Rheims. What if the Germans should succeed in +getting so far as that? What would become of them? She shut her fears +in her breast, saying nothing to the children, and went on filling the +basket. "Here is a bit of cheese left from last night. I'll put that +in, and a pat of butter," she said; "but we must stop at Madame +Coudert's for more bread. You two little pigs have eaten every scrap +there was in the house." +</P> + +<P> +"There are eggs left," suggested Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +"So there are, ma mie," said her Mother. "We will boil them all and +take them with us. There's a great deal of nourishment in eggs." She +flew to get the saucepan, and while the eggs bubbled and boiled on the +stove, she and the children set the little kitchen in order and got +themselves ready for the street. +</P> + +<P> +It was after nine o'clock when at last Mother Meraut took the basket on +her arm and gave Pierrette her knitting to carry, and the three started +down the steps. +</P> + +<P> +"Everything looks just the same as it did yesterday," said Pierrette as +they walked down the street. "There's that little raveled-out dog that +always barks at Pierre, and there's Madame Coudert's cat asleep on the +railing, just as she always is." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said Mother Meraut, with a sigh, "the cats and dogs are the +same, it is only the people who are different!" +</P> + +<P> +They entered the shop and exchanged greetings with Madame Coudert. They +had bought a long loaf of bread, and Mother Meraut was just opening her +purse to pay for it, when suddenly a shot rang out. It was followed by +the rattle of falling tiles. Another and another came, and soon there +was a perfect rain of shot and shell. +</P> + +<P> +"It is the Germans knocking at the door of Rheims before they enter," +remarked Madame Coudert with grim humor. "I did not expect so much +politeness!" +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut did not reply. For once her cheerful tongue found nothing +comforting to say. Pierre clung to her arm, and Pierrette put her +fingers in her ears and hid her face against her Mother's breast. +</P> + +<P> +For some time the deafening sounds continued. From the window they +could see people running for shelter in every direction. A man came +dashing down the street; dodging falling tiles as he ran, and burst +into Madame Coudert's shop. He had just come from the Rue Colbert and +had news to tell. "The Boches have sent an emissary to the Mayor to +demand huge supplies of provisions from the City, and a great sum of +money besides," he told them, as he gasped for breath. "They are +shelling the champagne cellars and the public buildings of the City to +scare us into giving them what they demand. The German Army will soon +be here." +</P> + +<P> +In a few moments there was a lull in the roar of the guns, and then in +the distance another sound was heard. It was a mighty song of triumph +as the conquerors came marching into Rheims! +</P> + +<P> +"There won't be any more shooting for a while anyway," said the +stranger, who had now recovered his breath. "They won't shell the City +while it's full of their own men. I'm going to see them come in." +</P> + +<P> +All Pierre's fears vanished in an instant. "Come on," he cried, wild +with excitement; "let us go too." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll not stir a foot from my shop," said Madame Coudert firmly. "I +don't want to see the Germans, and if they want to see me, they can +come where I am." +</P> + +<P> +But Pierre had not waited for a reply, from her or any one else. He was +already running up the street. +</P> + +<P> +"Catch him, catch him," gasped Mother Meraut. +</P> + +<P> +Pierrette dashed after Pierre, and as she could run like the wind, she +soon caught up with him and seized him by the skirt of his blouse. +"Stop! stop!" she screamed. "Mother doesn't want you to go." +</P> + +<P> +But she might as well have tried to argue with a hurricane. Pierre +danced up and down with rage, as Pierrette braced herself, and firmly +anchored him by his blouse. "Leggo, leggo!" he shrieked. "I'm going, I +tell you! I'm not afraid of any Germans alive." +</P> + +<P> +Just then, panting and breathless, Mother Meraut arrived upon the +scene. While Pierrette held on to his blouse, she attached herself to +his left ear. It had a very calming effect upon Pierre. He stopped +tugging to get away lest he lose his ear. +</P> + +<P> +"Foolish boy," said his Mother, "see how much trouble you give me! You +shall see the Germans, but you shall not run away from me. If we should +get separated, God only knows whether we should ever find each other +again." +</P> + +<P> +The music had grown louder and louder, and was now very near. "I'll +stay with you, if you'll only go," pleaded Pierre, "but you aren't even +moving." +</P> + +<P> +"Come, Pierrette," said his Mother, "take hold of his left arm. I will +attend to his right; he might forget again. What he really needs is a +bit and bridle!" +</P> + +<P> +The three moved up the street, Pierre chafing inwardly, but helpless in +his Mother's grasp, and at the next crossing the great spectacle burst +upon them. A whole regiment of cavalry was passing, singing at the top +of their lungs, "Lieb' Vaterland, macht ruhig sein." The sun glistened +on their helmets, and the clanking of swords and the jingling of spurs +kept time with the swelling chorus. After the cavalry came soldiers on +foot—miles of them. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh," murmured Pierrette, clinging to her Mother, "it's like a river of +men!" +</P> + +<P> +Her Mother did not answer. Pierrette looked up into her face. The tears +were streaming down her cheeks, but her head was proudly erect. She +looked at the other French people about them. There were tears on many +cheeks, but not a head was bowed. Pierre was glaring at the troops and +muttering through his teeth: "Just you wait till I grow up! I'll make +you pay for this, you pirates! I'll—" +</P> + +<P> +"Hush!" whispered Pierrette. "Suppose they should hear you!" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't care if they do! I wish they would!" raged Pierre. "I'm +going—" +</P> + +<P> +But the German Army was destined not to suffer the consequences of +Pierre's wrath. He did not even have a chance to tell Pierrette his +plan for their destruction, for at this point his Mother, unable longer +to endure the sight, dragged him forcibly from the scene. "They shall +not parade their colors before me," she said firmly, "I will not stand +still and look in silence upon my conquerors! If I could but face them +with a gun, that would be different!" +</P> + +<P> +She led the children through a maze of small streets by a roundabout +way to the Cathedral, and there they were met at the entrance by the +Verger, who gazed at them with sad surprise. "You've been out in the +street during the bombardment," he said reproachfully. "It's just like +you, Antoinette." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, but how was I to know it was coming?" cried Mother Meraut. "We +left home before it began!" +</P> + +<P> +"It would have been just the same if you had known," scolded the +Verger. "Germans or devils—it would make no difference to you! You +have no fear in you." +</P> + +<P> +"You misjudge me," cried Mother Meraut; "but what good would it do to +sit and quake in my own house? There is no safety anywhere, and here at +least there is work to do." +</P> + +<P> +"You can go about your work as usual with the noise of guns ringing in +your ears and the Germans marching through Rheims?" exclaimed the +Verger. +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" answered Mother Meraut, with spirit. "I guess our soldiers +don't knock off work every time a gun goes off or a few Germans come in +sight! It would be a shame if we could not follow their example!" +</P> + +<P> +"Antoinette, you are a wonderful woman. I have always said so," +declared the Verger solemnly. "You are as brave as a man!" +</P> + +<P> +"Pooh!" said Mother Meraut, mockingly. "As if the men, bless their +hearts, were so much braver than women, anyway! Oh, la! la! the conceit +of you!" She wagged a derisive finger at the Verger, and, calling the +children, went to get her scrubbing-pail and brushes. +</P> + +<P> +All day long, while distant guns roared, she went about her daily +tasks, keeping one spot of order and cleanliness in the midst of the +confusion, disorder, and destruction of the invaded city. The Twins +were busy, too; their Mother saw to that. They dusted chairs and placed +them in rows; and at noon they found a corner where the light falling +through one of the beautiful stained-glass windows made a spot of +cheerful color in the gloom, and there they ate part of the lunch which +they had packed in the wicker basket. During all the excitement of the +morning they had not forgotten the lunch! +</P> + +<P> +When the day's work was done, they ventured out upon the streets in the +gathering dusk. They found them full of German soldiers, drinking, +swaggering, singing, and they saw many strange and terrifying sights in +the havoc wrought by the first bombardment. As they passed the door of +Madame Coudert's shop, they peeped in and saw her sitting stolidly +behind the counter, knitting. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh," said Pierrette, "doesn't it seem like a year since we were here +this morning?" +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut called out a cheerful greeting to Madame Coudert. "Still +in your place, I see," she said. +</P> + +<P> +"Like the Pyramids," came the calm answer; and, cheered by her +fortitude, they hurried on their way to the little house in the Rue +Charly. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut sighed with relief as she unlocked the door. "Everything +just as we left it," she said. "We at least shall have one more night +in our own home." Then she drew the children into the shelter of the +dear, familiar roof and locked the door from the inside. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap04"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +IV. THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH +</H3> + +<P> +One unhappy day followed upon another for the inhabitants of Rheims. +Each night they went to bed in terror; each morning they rose to face +new trials and dangers. Yet their spirit did not fail. Each day the +roar of guns toward the west grew fainter and more distant, and the +people knew with sinking hearts that the Germans had driven the Armies +of France farther and farther back toward Paris. Each day the conduct +of the conquerors grew more arrogant. "Our Emperor will soon be in +Paris!" they said. +</P> + +<P> +On the public monuments and in the squares of the City appeared German +proclamations printed upon green paper, warning the people of Rheims of +terrible punishments which would befall them if they in any way +rebelled against the will of the victorious invaders. It was only with +great difficulty that Pierre could be dragged by these signs. Each +morning as they went to the Cathedral they had to pass several of them, +and Pierrette and her Mother soon learned to take precautions against +an outburst of rage which might bring down upon his rash head the wrath +of the enemy. The eye of the Germans seemed everywhere. One of these +posters was fixed to the window of Madame Coudert's shop. On the +morning that it first appeared, Pierre in passing made a dash for the +gutter, picked up a handful of mud, and threw it squarely into the +middle of the poster. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Coudert saw him, and winked solemnly, but did not move. His +Mother instantly collared Pierre, and led him up a side street just in +time to escape the clutches of a German officer who had seen him a +block away, and came on the run after him. When, puffing and blowing, +he at last reached the shop there was no one in sight except Madame +Coudert behind her counter. The enraged officer pointed out the insult +that had been offered his country. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Coudert looked surprised and concerned. She followed the officer +to the door, and gazed at the disfigured poster. "I will clean it at +once," she said obligingly. She got out soap and a brush immediately, +and when she had finished, her work had been so thoroughly done that +not a spot of mud was left, but unfortunately the center of the poster +was rubbed through and quite illegible, and the rest of it was all +streaked and stained! "Will that do?" she asked the officer, looking at +him with round, innocent eyes and so evident a desire to please that, +in spite of an uneasy suspicion, he merely grunted and went his way. +</P> + +<P> +The first time they came into the shop after this episode Madame +Coudert gave Pierre a cake with pink frosting on it. +</P> + +<P> +In this way a whole week dragged itself by, and, on the morning of the +eighth day after the German entry into Rheims, Mother Meraut and the +Twins left home earlier than usual in order to reach the Cathedral +before the bombardment, which they had learned daily to expect, should +begin. They found Madame Coudert in front of her shop; washing the +window. A large corner of the poster was now gone. "It rained last +night," she said to Mother Meraut, "and the green color ran down on my +window. I had to wash it, and accidentally I rubbed off a corner of the +poster. It can't be very good paper." She looked solemnly at Pierre. +"Too bad, isn't it?" she said, and closed one eye behind her round +spectacles. +</P> + +<P> +"The weather seems to have damaged a good many of them, I notice," +answered Mother Meraut, with just a suspicion of a smile. "The weather +has been quite pleasant too,—strange!" +</P> + +<P> +"Weather—nothing!" said Pierre, scornfully. "I'll bet you that—" +</P> + +<P> +It seemed as if Pierre was always being interrupted at just the most +exciting moment of his remarks, but this time he interrupted himself. +"What's that?" he said, stopping short. Madame Coudert, his Mother, and +Pierrette, all stood perfectly still, their eyes wide, their lips +parted, listening, listening! They heard cannon-shots, then +music—toward the west—coming nearer—nearer. +</P> + +<P> +"It is—oh, it is the Marseillaise!" shrieked Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut and the Twins ran toward the sound. Now shouts were +heard—joyous shouts—from French throats! Never had they heard such a +sound! People came tumbling out of their houses, some not fully +dressed—but who cared? The French were returning victorious from the +battle of the Marne. They were coming again into Rheims, driving the +Germans before them! Ah, but when the red trousers actually appeared in +the streets the populace went mad with joy! They embraced the soldiers; +they marched beside them with tears streaming down their cheeks, +singing "March on! March on!" as though they would split their throats. +Pierre and Pierrette marched and sang with the others, their Mother +close beside them. +</P> + +<P> +On and on came the singing, joy-maddened people, right past Madame +Coudert's shop, and there, standing on the curb, with a tray in her +arms piled high with goodies, was Madame Coudert herself. The green +poster was already torn in shreds and lying in the gutter. It even +looked as if some one had stamped on it, and above her door waved the +tricolor of France! "Come here," she cried to Pierre and Pierrette, +"Quick! Hand these out to the soldiers as long as there's one left!" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre seized a pink frosted cake, and ran with it to a Captain. +Pierrette gave a sugar roll to the first soldier she could reach; other +hands helped. Mother Meraut ran into the shop and brought out more +cakes. Shop-keepers all along the way followed Madame Coudert's +example, and soon people everywhere were bringing offerings of candy, +chocolate, and cigars to the soldiers, and the streets suddenly +blossomed with blue, white, and red flags. At the corner, near Madame +Coudert's shop, Pierre had the joy of seeing the German officer who had +tried to catch him surrender to the Captain who had taken the pink +cake. Oh, what a moment that was for Pierre! He sprang into the gutter +as the German passed and savagely jumped up and down upon the fragments +of the green poster! It was a matter for bitter regret to him long +after that the German did not seem to notice him. +</P> + +<P> +The whole morning passed in such joy and excitement that it was nearly +noon when at last Mother Meraut, beaming with happiness, and +accompanied by a radiant Pierre and Pierrette, entered the Cathedral. +They were astonished to find it no longer the silent and dim sanctuary +to which they were accustomed. The Abbe' was there, and the Verger, +looking quite distracted, was directing a group of men in moving the +praying-chairs from the western end of the Cathedral, and the space +where they had been was already covered with heaps of straw. Under the +great choir at the western end there were piles of broken glass. Part +of the wonderful rose window had been shattered by a shell, and lay in +a million fragments on the stone floor. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut clasped her hands in dismay. "What does it all mean?" she +demanded of the Verger, as he went tap-tapping by after the workmen. +"What do you wish me to do?" +</P> + +<P> +"Gather up every fragment of glass," said the Verger briefly, "and put +them in a safe place. The wounded are on the way, and are to be housed +in the Cathedral. We must be ready for them. There is no time to lose." +</P> + +<P> +As Mother Meraut flew to carry out his directions, the Abbe' beckoned +to the children. "Can you be trusted to do an errand for me?" he said. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, Your Reverence," answered Pierre. +</P> + +<P> +"Very well," said the Abbe. "I want you to get for the towers two Red +Cross flags. They must be the largest size, and we must have them soon. +The wounded may arrive at any moment now, and the Red Cross will +protect the Cathedral from shell-fire, for not even Germans would +destroy a hospital." He gave them careful directions, and a note for +the shop-keeper. "Now run along, both of you," he said. "Tell your +Mother where you are going, and that I sent you." +</P> + +<P> +In two minutes the Twins were on their way, but it was more than an +hour before they got back. First, the shop-keeper was out, and when he +got back it took him some time to find large enough flags. At last, +however, they returned, each carrying one done up in a paper parcel. +</P> + +<P> +"Here are the flags," Pierre announced proudly to the Verger, who met +them at the entrance. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said Father Varennes, "here they are, and here you are. Come in, +your Mother wants to see you." The children followed him through the +door, and although they had been told that the wounded were to be +brought to the Cathedral, they were not prepared for the sight that met +their eyes as they entered. On the heaps of straw lay tossing moaning +men, in the gray uniforms of the German army. +</P> + +<P> +Pierrette seized Pierre's hand. "Oh," she shuddered, "I didn't think +they'd be Germans!" +</P> + +<P> +"They aren't—all of them," said the Verger, a little huskily. "Some of +them are French. The Church shelters them all." +</P> + +<P> +Doctors in white aprons were already in attendance upon the wounded, +and nurses with red crosses on the sleeves of their white uniforms +flitted silently back and forth on errands of mercy. The two children, +clinging to each other and gazing fearfully about them, followed the +Verger down the aisle. As they passed a heap of straw upon which a +wounded German lay, something bright rolled from it to them and dropped +at Pierrette's feet. Pierre sprang to pick it up. It was a German +helmet. Across the front of it were letters. Pierre spelled them—"Gott +mit uns." "What does that mean?" he asked the Verger. +</P> + +<P> +"God with us," snorted Father Varennes. "I suppose the poor wretches +actually believe He is." +</P> + +<P> +The Abbe' was waiting for them in the aisle, and he took from them the +flags and the helmet. He had heard the Verger's reply, and guessed what +the question must have been. "My boy," he said, laying his hand gently +upon Pierre's head for an instant, "God is not far from any of his +children. It is they who, through sin, separate themselves from Him! +But never mind theology now. Your Mother is waiting for you. I will +take you to her." +</P> + +<P> +The Twins thought it strange that the Abbe' should himself guide them +to their Mother. They followed his broad back and swinging black +soutane to the farthest corner of the hospital space. There, beside a +mound of straw upon which was stretched a wounded soldier in French +uniform, knelt their Mother, and the Twins, looking down, met the eyes +of their own Father gazing up at them. +</P> + +<P> +"Gently! my dears, gently!" cautioned their Mother, as the children +fell upon their knees beside her in an agony of tears. "Don't cry! he +is wounded, to be sure, but he will get well, though he can never again +fight for France. We shall see him every day, and by and by he will be +at home again with us." +</P> + +<P> +Too stunned for speech, the Twins only kissed the blood-stained hands, +and then their Mother led them away. Under the western arches she +kissed them good-by. "Go now to Madame Coudert," she said, "and tell +her your Father is here, and that I shall stay in the Cathedral. Ask +her to take care of you for the night. In the morning, if it is quiet, +come again to me." +</P> + +<P> +Dazed, happy, grieved, the children obeyed. They found Madame Coudert +beaming above her empty counter. "Bless you," she cried, when they gave +her their Mother's message, "of course you can stay! There are no pink +cakes for Pierre, but who cares for cakes now that the French are once +more in Rheims! And to think you have your Father back again! Surely +this is a happy day for you, even though he came back with a wound!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap05"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +V. AT MADAME COUDERT'S +</H3> + +<P> +The joy of the people of Rheims was short-lived. The Germans had been +driven out, it is true, but they had gone only a short distance to the +east, and there, upon the banks of the Aisne, had securely entrenched +themselves, venting their rage upon the City by daily bombardments. +From ten until two nearly every day the inhabitants of the stricken +City for the most part sat in their cellars listening to the whistling +of shells and the crash of falling timbers and tiles. When the noise +ceased, they returned to the light and air once more and looked about +to see the extent of the damage done. Dur ing the rest of the day they +went about their routine as usual, hoping against hope that the French +Armies, which were now between Rheims and the enemy, would be able not +only to defend the City but to drive the Germans still farther toward +the Rhine. +</P> + +<P> +When the Twins reached the Cathedral the morning after the return of +the French troops, they found their Father resting after an operation +which had removed from his leg a piece of shell, which had nearly cost +his life and would make him permanently lame. Their Mother met them as +they came in. She was pale but smiling. "What a joy to see you!" she +cried, as she pressed them to her breast. "You may take one look at +your Father and throw him a kiss; then you must go back to Madame +Coudert." +</P> + +<P> +"Mayn't we stay with you and help take care of Father?" begged Pierre. +</P> + +<P> +"No," answered his Mother firmly, "the sights here are not for young +eyes. I can wait upon the nurses and keep things clean: My place is +here for the present, but tomorrow, if all goes well, we will sleep +once more in our own little home, if it is still standing. In the mean +time, be good children, and mind Madame Coudert. Now run along before +the shells begin to fall." +</P> + +<P> +The Twins obediently trotted away, and regained the little shop just as +the clock struck ten. The day seemed long to them, for their thoughts +were with their parents, but Madame Coudert was so cheerful herself; +and kept them so busy they had no time to mope. Pierrette helped make +the little cakes, and Pierre scraped the remains of the icing from the +mixing-bowl and ate it lest any be wasted. In some ways Pierre was a +very thrifty boy. Then, too, Madame Coudert allowed them to stand +behind the counter and help wait upon the customers. Moreover, there +was Fifine, the cat, for Pierrette to play with, and the little +raveled-out dog lived only two doors below; so they did not lack for +entertainment. +</P> + +<P> +The next evening their Mother called for them, as she had promised to +do, and they once more had supper and slept beneath their own roof. For +three days they followed this routine, going with their Mother to +Madame Coudert's, where they spent the day, returning at night. On the +fourth day they were again allowed to visit the Cathedral and to see +their Father. "It will do him good to be with his children," the doctor +had said, and so, while Mother Meraut attended to her duties, Pierre +and Pierrette sat on each side of the straw bed where he lay, proud and +responsible to be left in charge of the patient. +</P> + +<P> +Pierre was bursting with curiosity to know about the Battle of the +Marne. Not another boy of his acquaintance had a wounded father, and +though his opportunities for seeing his friends had been few, he had +already done a good deal of boasting; and was pointed out by other boys +on the street as a person of special distinction. "Tell me about the +battle, Father," he begged. +</P> + +<P> +His Father lifted his tired eyes to a statue of Jeanne d'Arc, which was +in plain sight from where he lay. "Well, my boy," he said after a +pause, "there is much I should not wish you to know, but this I will +tell you. On the day the battle turned, the watchword of the Army was +Jeanne d'Arc. Our soldiers sprang to the attack with her name upon +their lips, and some have sworn to me that they saw her ride before us +into battle on her white charger, carrying in her hand the very banner +which you see there upon the altar. I do not know whether or not it is +true, but certainly the victory was with us, and I for my part find it +easy to be lieve that our blessed Saint Jeanne has not forgotten +France." He raised himself a little on his elbow and pointed to a place +not far distant in the nave. "There," he said, "is the very spot upon +which she knelt while her king was being crowned here in our Cathedral +after she had driven our enemies from French soil and had given him his +throne! The happiest moments of her life were here! What place should +be revisited by her pure spirit if not Rheims? My children, I wish you +every day to pray that she may come again to deliver France!" Exhausted +by emotion and by the effort he had made, he sank back upon the straw +and closed his eyes. +</P> + +<P> +Pierrette took his hand. "Dear papa," she said, "every day we will pray +to her as you say, and give thanks to the Bon Dieu that your life has +been spared to us. If only your poor leg—" she stopped, overcome by +tears. +</P> + +<P> +Her Father opened his eyes and smiled. "Ah, little one, what is a leg +more or less;—or a life either for that matter,—when our France is in +danger?" he said. "Is it not so, Pierre?" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre gulped. "France can have all of my legs!" he cried, in a burst +of patriotism. "And when I'm big enough, I'm going to dig a hole in the +ground and put in millions of tons of dynamite and blow up the whole of +Germany! That's what I'm going to do!" +</P> + +<P> +His Father's eyes twinkled. "It seems a long while to wait," he said, +"because now you are only nine, you see." +</P> + +<P> +Just then their Mother came toward the little group. "Magpies!" she +cried, "it seems that you are talking my patient to death. Run along +now to Madame Coudert." At the Cathedral entrance she kissed them, and +then stood for a moment to watch them as they hurried down the street +out of sight. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap06"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VI. THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL +</H3> + +<P> +On the evening of the 18th of September, Mother Meraut was late in +leaving the Cathedral, and it was nearly dark when she reached Madame +Coudert's door. Pierrette sat on the steps waiting for her, with +Fifine, the cat, in her arms. Madame Coudert was knitting, as usual, +and Pierre was trying to teach the little raveled-out dog to stand on +his hind legs. As their Mother appeared, the children sprang to meet +her. +</P> + +<P> +"How is Father?" cried Pierrette. It was always the first question when +they saw her. +</P> + +<P> +"Better," answered her Mother. "In another week or two the doctor +thinks he can be moved." +</P> + +<P> +She was about to enter the shop to speak to Madame Coudert, when the +air was suddenly rent by a fearful roar of sound. She clasped her +children in her arms. "It's like thunder," she said, patting them +soothingly; "if you hear the roar you know at once that you aren't +killed. Come, we must hurry to the cellar." But before she could take a +single step in that direction there was another terrible explosion. +</P> + +<P> +"Look, oh look!" screamed Pierre, pointing to the Cathedral towers, +which were visible from where they stood; "they are shelling the +Cathedral!" +</P> + +<P> +For an instant they stood as if rooted to the spot. Was it possible the +Germans would shell the place where their own wounded lay—a place +protected by the cross? They saw the scaffolding about one of the +towers burst suddenly into flames. In another moment the fire had +caught and devoured the Red Cross flag itself and then sprang like a +thing possessed to the roof. An instant more, and that too was burning. +</P> + +<P> +"Father!" screamed Pierre, and before any one could stop him or even +say a word, the boy was far up the street, running like a deer toward +the Cathedral. Pierrette was but a few steps behind him. +</P> + +<P> +When she saw her children rushing madly into such danger, Mother +Meraut's exhausted body gave way beneath the demands of her spirit. If +Madame Coudert had not caught her, she would have sunk down upon the +step. It was only for an instant, but in that instant the children had +passed out of sight. Not stopping even to close her door, Madame +Coudert seized Mother Meraut's hand, and together the two women ran +after them. But they could not hope to rival the speed of fleet young +feet, and when they reached the Cathedral square the flames were +already roaring upward into the very sky. The streets were crowded by +this time, and their best speed brought them to the square ten minutes +after the children had reached the burning Cathedral, and, heedless of +danger, had dashed in and to the corner where their helpless Father lay. +</P> + +<P> +The place was swarming with doctors and nurses working frantically to +move the wounded. The Abbe' was there, and the Archbishop also. Already +the straw had caught fire in several places from falling brands. "Out +through the north transept," shouted the Abbe. +</P> + +<P> +Pierre and Pierrette knew well what they had come to do. For them there +was but one person in the Cathedral, and that person was their Father. +They had but one purpose—to get him out. Young as they were, they were +already well used to danger, and it scarcely occurred to them that they +were risking their lives. Certainly they were not afraid. When they +reached their Father's side, they found him vainly struggling to rise. +</P> + +<P> +"Here we are, Father," shouted Pierre: "Lean on us!" He flew to one +side; Pierrette was already struggling to lift him on the other. As his +bed was the one farthest from the spot where the fire first appeared, +the doctors and nurses had sought to rescue those in greatest danger, +and so the children for the time being were alone in their effort to +save him. +</P> + +<P> +The flames were now leaping through the Cathedral aisles, devouring the +straw beds as if they were tinder. In vain Father Meraut ordered them +to leave him. For once his children refused to obey. Somehow they got +him to his feet, and he, for their sakes making a superhuman effort, +succeeded in staggering between them, using their lithe young bodies as +crutches. How they reached the door of the north transept they never +knew, but reach it they did, before the burning flames. And there a new +terror appeared. +</P> + +<P> +The people of Rheims, infuriated by the long abuse which they had +suffered, stood with guns pointed at the wounded and helpless Germans +whom the doctors and nurses had succeeded in getting so far on the way +to safety. Above the roar of flames rose the roar of angry voices. "It +is the Germans who burn our Cathedral. Let them die with it," shouted +one. +</P> + +<P> +Between the helpless Germans and the angry mob; facing their guns, +towered the figures of the Abby and the Archbishop! "If you kill them, +you must first kill us," cried the Archbishop. Kill the Archbishop and +the Abbe'! Unthinkable! The guns were immediately lowered, and the work +of rescue went on. +</P> + +<P> +Out of the north door crept Father Meraut, supported by his brave +children. "Bravo! Bravo!" shouted the crowd, and then hands that would +have killed Germans willingly, were stretched in instant sympathy and +helpfulness to the wounded French soldier and his brave children. Two +men made a chair of their arms, and Father Meraut was carried in safety +to the square before the Cathedral, Pierre and Pierrette following +close behind. At the foot of the statue of Jeanne d'Arc they stopped to +rest and change hands, and there, frantic with joy, Mother Meraut found +them. +</P> + +<P> +"A soldier of France—wounded at the Marne!" shouted the crowd, and if +he had been able to endure it, they would have borne him upon their +grateful shoulders. As it was, he was carried in no less grateful arms +clear to Madame Coudert's door, and there, lying upon an improvised +stretcher, and attended by his wife and children, he rested from his +journey, while Madame Coudert ran to prepare a cup of coffee for a +stimulant. From Madame Coudert's door they watched the further +destruction of the beautiful Cathedral which Mother Meraut had so often +called the "safest place in Rheims." As it burned, a wonderful thing +happened. High above the glowing roof there suddenly flamed the blue +fleur-de-lis of France! +</P> + +<P> +"See! See!" cried Mother Meraut. "A Miracle! The Lily of France! Oh, +surely it is a sign sent by the Bon Dieu to keep us from despair!" +</P> + +<P> +"It is only the gas from an exploding shell, bursting in blue flame," +said her husband. "Yet—who knows?—it may also be a true promise that +France shall rise in beauty from its ruins." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap07"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VII. HOME AGAIN +</H3> + +<P> +The next day, they were able to move Father Meraut to his own home. In +spite of the excitement and strain, he seemed but little the worse for +his experience, and the happiness of being again with his family quite +offset the effect of his dangerous journey. Mother Meraut was a famous +nurse, and when he was safely installed in a bed in a corner of the +room which was their living-room and kitchen in one, she was able to +give him her best care. There he lay, following her with his eyes as +she made good things for him to eat or carried on the regular +activities of her home. Pierre and Pierrette sat beside his bed and +talked to him, or, better still, got him to tell them stories of the +things that had happened during his brief stay in the Army. Pierre +brought the little raveled-out dog, with which he was now on the +friendliest terms, to see him, and Madame Coudert also came to call now +and then, bringing a cake or some other dainty to the invalid. +</P> + +<P> +If only the Germans had gone from their trenches on the Aisne, they and +every one else in Rheims would have been quite comfortable, but alas! +this was not to be. The Germans stayed where they were, and each day +sent a new rain of shells upon the unfortunate City. The inhabitants +grew accustomed to it, as one grows used to thundershowers in April. +"Hello! it's beginning to sprinkle," they would say when a shell burst, +spattering mud and dirt upon the passers-by. Signs appeared upon the +street, "Safe Cellars Here," and when the bombardment began, people +would dash for the nearest shelter and wait until the storm was over. +</P> + +<P> +Pierre and Pierrette played out of doors every day, though they did not +go far from their home, and had no one but each other to play with. +Pierrette made a play-house in one corner of the court. Here in a +little box she kept a store of broken dishes, and here she sat long +hours with her doll Jacqueline. Sometimes Pierre, having no better +occupation, played with her. He even took a gingerly interest in +Jacqueline, although he would not for the world have let any of the +boys know of such a weakness. +</P> + +<P> +When the shells began to fall, they would leave their corner and run +quickly to the cellar. As Father Meraut could not go up or down, his +wife stayed in the kitchen beside him. In this way several weary weeks +went by. Mother Meraut went no more to the Cathedral. There was nothing +there that she could do. The great, beautiful church which had been the +very soul of Rheims and the pride of France was now nothing but a +ruined shell, its wonderful windows broken, its roof gone, its very +walls of stone so burned that they crumbled to pieces at a touch. Even +the great bronze bells had been melted in the flames and had fallen in +molten drops, like tears of grief, into the wreckage below. All the +beautiful treasures—the tapestries, wrought by the hands of queens, +and even the sacred banner of Jeanne d'Arc itself—had been destroyed. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut knew, but she did not tell her children, that precious +lives had also been lost, and that buried somewhere in the ruins were +the bodies of doctors and nurses who had given their own in trying to +save the lives of others, and of brave citizens of Rheims who had +fallen in an attempt to save the precious relics carefully treasured +there. Neither did she tell them that little Jean, the Verger's son, +was one of that heroic band. These sorrows she bore in her own breast, +but she never passed near the Cathedral after that terrible night. +Sometimes, when a necessary errand took her to that part of the City, +she would pause at a distance to look long at the statue of Jeanne +d'Arc, standing unharmed in the midst of the destruction about her +still lifting her sword to the sky. In all the rain of shells which had +fallen upon the City not one had yet touched the statue. Only the tip +of the sword had been broken off. It comforted Mother Meraut to see it +standing so strangely safe in the midst of such desolation. "It +stands," she thought, "even as her pure spirit stood safe amidst the +flames of her martyrdom. But I cannot, like her, pray for my enemies +while I burn in the fires they have kindled." +</P> + +<P> +There was yet another burden which she carried safely hidden in her +heart. She had not heard from her father and mother since the Battle of +the Marne. That the Germans had passed through the village where they +lived she knew, but what destruction they had wrought she could only +guess. It was impossible for her at that time to go to them; so she +waited in silence, hoping that some time good news might come. The slow +weeks lengthened into months, and at last Father Meraut was strong +enough to get about on a crutch like Father Varennes. It was a great +day when first he was able to hobble down the steps and out upon the +street, leaning on Mother Meraut's arm on one side, and his crutch upon +the other, with Pierre and Pierrette marching before him like a guard +of honor. +</P> + +<P> +It was now cold weather; winter had set in, and life became more +difficult as food grew scarce and there was not enough fuel to heat the +houses. School should have begun in October, but school-buildings had +not been spared in the bombardment, and it was dangerous to permit +children to stay in them. At last, however, a new way was found to +cheat the enemy of its prey. Schools were opened in the great champagne +cellars of Rheims, and Pierre and Pierrette were among the first +scholars enrolled. Every day after that they hastened through the +streets before the usual hour of the bombardment, went down into one of +the great tunnels cut in chalk, and there, in rooms deep underground, +carried on their studies. It was a strange school, but it was safer +than their home, even though there was danger in going back and forth +in the streets. By spring the children of Rheims had lived so much in +cellars that they were as pale as potato-sprouts. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut watched her two with deepening anxiety. Then, one day in +the spring, a corner of their own roof was blown off by a shell. No one +was hurt, but when a few moments later a second explosion blew a cat +through the hole and dropped it into the soup, Mother Meraut's +endurance gave way. +</P> + +<P> +It was the last straw! She put the cat out, yowling but unharmed, and +silently cleared away the debris. Then, when the bombardment was over, +she put on her bonnet and went out. She came back an hour later, to +find the Twins sitting, one on each side of their Father, holding his +hands, and all three the picture of despair. Mother Meraut stood before +them, her eyes flashing, her cheeks burning a deep red, and this is +what she said: "I will not live like this another day. Life in Rheims +is no longer possible. I will not stay here to be killed by inches. I +have made arrangements to get a little row-boat, and to-morrow morning +we will take such things as we can carry and leave this place. Whatever +may happen to us elsewhere, it cannot be worse than what is happening +here, and it may possibly be better." +</P> + +<P> +Her husband and children looked at her in amazement. She did not ask +their opinion about the matter, but promptly began the necessary +preparations and told them what to do. Clothing was brought to Father +Meraut to be packed in compact bundles and tied up with string. Then +blankets were made into another bundle; a third held a frying-pan, a +coffee-pot, and a kettle, with a few knives, forks, and spoons, while a +fourth contained food. The Twins were sent to say good-by to Madame +Coudert, and to give her a key to the door, and then all the rest of +their household goods were packed away as carefully as time permitted, +in the cellar. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut put the Twins to bed early, but she herself remained at +work most of the night; yet when morning came and the children woke, +she was up and neatly dressed, and had their breakfast ready. She did +not linger over their sad departure, nor did she shed a tear as they +left the little house which had been their happy home. Instead, she +locked the door after them with a snap, put the key in her pocket, and +walked down the steps with the grim determination of a soldier going +into battle, carrying a big bundle under each arm. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap08"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VIII. REFUGEES +</H3> + +<P> +The Twins and their Father followed the resolute figure of Mother +Meraut down the street, not knowing at all where she was leading them, +but with implicit confidence that she knew what she was about. She was +carrying the heaviest bundles, and the Twins carried the rest between +them, packed in a clothes-basket. On her other arm Pierrette bore her +dearly loved Jacqueline. Father Meraut could carry nothing but such +small articles as could be put in his pockets, but it was joy enough +that he could carry himself, and it was quite wonderful to see how +speedily he got over the ground with his crutch. +</P> + +<P> +Not far from their house in the Rue Charly ran the River Vesle, which +flows through Rheims, and as the Merauts knew well a man whose business +it was to let boats to pleasure parties in summer, the children were +not surprised to see their Mother walk down the street toward the +little wharf where his boats were kept. He was waiting to receive them, +and, drawn up to the water's edge was a red and white row-boat, with +the name "The Ark" painted upon her prow. Mother Meraut smiled when she +saw the name. "If we only had the animals to go in two by two, we +should be just like Noah and his family, shouldn't we?" she said, as +she put the bundles in the stern. +</P> + +<P> +In a few moments they were all seated in the boat, with their few +belongings carefully balanced, and Jacqueline safely reposing in +Pierrette's lap. The boatman pushed them away from the pier. "Au +revoir," called Mother Meraut as the boat slid into the stream. "We +will come back again when the Germans are gone, and in some way I shall +have a chance to send your boat to you, I know. Meanwhile we will take +good care of it." +</P> + +<P> +"There will be few pleasure-seekers on the Vesle this summer," answered +the boat-man, "and the Ark will be safer with you than rotting at the +pier, let alone the chance of its being blown up by a shell. I'm glad +you've got her, and glad you are going away from Rheims. It will be +easy pulling, for you're going down-stream, and about all you'll have +to do is to keep her headed right. Au revoir, and good luck." He stood +on the pier looking after them and waving his hat until they were well +out in the middle of the stream. +</P> + +<P> +Father Meraut had the oars, and, as his arms had not been injured, he +was able to guide the boat without fatigue, and soon the current had +carried them through the City and out into the open country which lay +beyond. Mother Meraut sat in the prow, looking back toward the +Cathedral she had so loved, until the blackened towers were hidden from +view by trees along the riverbank. They had started early in order to +be well out of Rheims before the daily bombardment should begin. +</P> + +<P> +Spring was already in the air, and as they drifted along they heard the +skylarks singing in the fields. The trees were turning green, and there +were blossoms on the apple trees. The wild flowers along the riverbank +were already humming with bees, and the whole scene seemed so peaceful +and quiet after all they had endured in Rheims, that even the +shell-holes left in the fields which had been fought over in the autumn +and the crosses marking the graves of fallen soldiers did not sadden +them. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut sat for a long time silent, then heaved a deep sigh of +relief. "I feel like Lot's wife looking back upon Sodom and Gomorrah," +she said. Suddenly her eyes filled with tears and she kissed her +finger-tips and blew the kiss toward Rheims. "Farewell, my beautiful +City!" she cried. "It is not for your sins we must leave you! And some +happy day we shall return." +</P> + +<P> +There was a report, and a puff of smoke far away over the City, then +the sound of a distant explosion. The daily bombardment had begun! +</P> + +<P> +"Your friends are firing a farewell salute," said Father Meraut. +</P> + +<P> +All the morning they slipped quietly along between greening banks, +carried by the current farther and farther down-stream. At noon they +drew the boat ashore beneath some willow trees, where they ate their +lunch, and then spent an hour in such rest as they had not had for many +weary months. +</P> + +<P> +It was then, and not until then, that Father Meraut ventured to ask +his wife her plans. "My dear," he said, as he stretched himself out in +a sunny spot and put his head in Pierrette's lap, "I have great +confidence in you, and will follow you willingly anywhere, but I should +really like to know where we are going." +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut looked at him in surprise. "Why, haven't I told you?" she +said "My mind has been so full of it I can't believe you didn't know +that we are going to my father's, if we can get there! You know their +village is on a little stream which flows into the Aisne some distance +beyond its junction with the Vesle. We could drift down to the place +where the two rivers join, and go on from there to the little stream +which flows past Fontanelle. Then we could row up-stream to the +village." +</P> + +<P> +"It's as plain as day, now you tell it," answered her husband, "and a +very good plan, too." +</P> + +<P> +"You see," said Mother Meraut, as she packed away the remains of the +lunch, "I haven't heard a word from them all winter. I don't know +whether they are dead or alive. I haven't said anything about it, +because you were so ill and there were so many other worries, but this +plan has been in my mind all the time. What we shall do when we get to +Fontanelle I do not know, but we shall be no worse off than other +refugees, and at any rate we shall not be under shell-fire every day." +</P> + +<P> +"If we can't find any place to stay there, why can't we go on and on +down the river, until we get clear to the sea," said Pierre with +enthusiasm. +</P> + +<P> +"It's just like being gypsies, isn't it?" added Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +"So far as I can see," said Mother Meraut, "we've got to go on and on! +Certainly we can't go back." +</P> + +<P> +"No, we can't go back," echoed her husband, with a sigh. +</P> + +<P> +All the pleasant afternoon they drifted peacefully along, and nightfall +found them in open country. It began to grow colder as darkness came +on. "We shall need all our blankets if we are to sleep in the fields," +said Mother Meraut at last. "It's time for supper and bed, anyway. +Let's go ashore." +</P> + +<P> +"We'll build a fire on the bank and cook our supper there," said her +husband. +</P> + +<P> +"What is there, Mother, that we can cook?" +</P> + +<P> +"There are eggs to fry, and potatoes to roast in the ashes," she +answered, "and coffee besides." +</P> + +<P> +"I am as hungry as a wolf," said Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm as hungry as two wolves," said Pierre. +</P> + +<P> +They found a landing-place, and the Ark was drawn ashore. Pierre and +Pierrette ran at once to gather sticks and leaves. These they brought +to their Father, and soon a cheerful fire flamed red against the +shadows. Then the smell of coffee floated out upon the evening air, and +the sputter of frying eggs gave further promise to their hungry +stomachs. +</P> + +<P> +Before they had finished their supper the stars were winking down at +them, and over the brow of a distant hill rose a slender crescent moon. +Pierrette saw it first. "Oh," she cried, "the new moon! And I saw it +over my right shoulder, too! We are sure to have wonderful luck this +month." +</P> + +<P> +Pierre shut his eyes. "Which way is it?" he cried. Pierrette turned him +carefully about so that he too might see it over his right shoulder, +and then, this ceremony completed, they washed the dishes and helped +pack the things carefully away in the clothes-basket once more. +</P> + +<P> +They slept that night under the edge of a straw-stack in the meadow +near the river, and though they were homeless wanderers without a roof +to cover them, they slept well, and awakened next morning to the music +of bird-songs instead of to the sound of guns and the whistling of +shells. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap09"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +IX. THE FOREIGN LEGION +</H3> + +<P> +Fortunately for our pilgrims the weather remained clear and unusually +warm for the season of year, and they were able to continue their +journey the following day in comfort. That night they slept in a +cowshed, where no cows had been since the Germans passed through so +many months before, and on the morning of the third day they reached +the large market town which marked the junction of the little river +upon which the village of Fontanelle was situated with the Aisne. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut was now upon familiar territory, among the scenes of her +childhood. She had often come here with her father when he had brought +a load of produce to sell in the town market. Here they disembarked, +bought a load of provisions, and once more resumed their journey. +Progress from this point on was slower than that of previous days, for +now the current was against them. Father and Mother Meraut took turns +at the oars, and they had gone some four or five miles up the stream +when they came in sight of something quite unfamiliar to Mother Meraut. +Stretching across the level meadows beside the river, as far, as the +eye could see, were rows and rows of tents. Companies of soldiers in +French uniforms were drilling in an open field. Groups of cavalry +horses were herded in an enclosure, and everywhere there were the +activities of a great military encampment. +</P> + +<P> +"It's a French training-camp," cried Father Meraut, and he waved his +cap on the end of an oar and shouted "Vive la France" at the top of his +lungs. Pierre and Pierrette waved and shouted too, and Mother Meraut, +caught by the general excitement, snatched up Jacqueline, who had been +reposing in the basket, and frantically waved her. Some soldiers +answered their signal, and shouted to them. +</P> + +<P> +Father Meraut looked puzzled. "That's not French," he said; "I can't +understand what they say. But they have on French uniforms! I wonder +what regiment it can be. I'm going to find out." +</P> + +<P> +"We're not far from Fontanelle now," said Mother Meraut; "don't you +think we'd better go on?" +</P> + +<P> +"We can't get there without stopping somewhere to eat, anyway," said +Father Meraut. "It's already eleven o'clock, and I'd rather find out +about the soldiers than eat." So they tied the Ark to a willow tree and +went ashore. +</P> + +<P> +In a moment more they were in a city of soldiers, and Father Meraut was +making friends with some of the men who were lounging near the +cook-house, sniffing the savory smell of soup which issued from it in +appetizing gusts. Pierre and Pierrette sniffed too, and even Mother +Meraut could not help saying appreciatively, "That cook knows how to +make soup." Pierre laid his hand upon his stomach and smacked his lips. +"Pierre," said his mother, reprovingly, "where are your manners, child?" +</P> + +<P> +At that moment two soldiers were passing—one a tall, thin man, and one +much smaller. They paused and laughed, and the tall man laid his hand +on his stomach, too, and smacked his lips. +</P> + +<P> +"Are you hungry, kid?" he said genially to Pierre. Pierre looked blank. +</P> + +<P> +The short man punched the tall man in the ribs. "Don't you see he's +French," he said derisively. "Did you think you were back home in +Illinois? Why don't you try some of your parley-voo on him? You're not +getting on with the language; here's your chance for a real Parisian +accent." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, g'wan," answered the tall man. "Try your own French on him! I +guess it won't kill him; he looks strong." +</P> + +<P> +The short man came nearer to Pierre and shouted at him as if he were +deaf. "Avvy-voo-doo faim?" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre withdrew a step nearer his mother and Pierrette. "Je ne +comprends pas!" he said politely. "Pardon." +</P> + +<P> +The tall man took off his cap and rumpled his hair. "Try it again, +Jim," he said, "even if he is scared. They look to me like refugees, +and as if a good bowl of soup wouldn't strike their insides amiss, but +your French would stampede a herd of buffaloes!" +</P> + +<P> +"Try it yourself, then," said the short man, grinning. +</P> + +<P> +The tall man sat down on a box at the door of the tent and beckoned to +Pierre. "I say, kid," he began, "avvy-voo-doo-fam—fam?" He rubbed his +stomach in expressive pantomime. +</P> + +<P> +"Mamma," cried poor puzzled Pierre, "he asks me if I have a wife, and +rubs his stomach as if he had a stomach-ache. What does he mean?" +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut came forward, trying hard not to laugh. "Que voulez-vous, +Messieurs?" she said politely. +</P> + +<P> +The tall man was on his feet instantly with his cap in his hand. "You +see, ma'am," he began, "we're from the States-des Etats-Unis! We've +come here to fight le Boche—savez-vows?—combattre le Boche!" He waved +his arms frantically and made a motion as if shooting with a gun. +</P> + +<P> +A smile broke over Mother Meraut's face, and she held out both hands. +"Les Americains!" she cried joyfully, "des Etats-Unis, dans l'uniforme +de la France! Mais maintenant nous exterminons le Boche!" She called +Pierrette and Pierre to her side. "These are Americans," she explained +in French, "come from the United States of America to fight with us. +Shake hands with them." +</P> + +<P> +The Twins obeyed shyly, and when their Father rejoined the family a few +moments later, their friendship had progressed to such an extent that +Pierre was seated on one side of the tall man and Pierrette on the +other, and they were all three studying a French phrase-book. The short +man, called Jim, was gesticulating wildly, and talking to Mother +Meraut, and she, good soul, looked so wise, and said "Oui" and "Non," +and nodded her head so intelligently to encourage him, that he never +suspected that she did not understand one word in ten, and cast +triumphant glances at the tall man to see if he was observing his +success. +</P> + +<P> +At this moment a French Captain came by. The men sprang to their feet, +clicked their heels together, and saluted. Father Meraut stiffened into +military position and saluted also. The officer returned the salute, +then stopped and spoke to him. "You are a soldier of France, I see," he +said. "Where did you get your wound?" +</P> + +<P> +"With Joffre, at the Marne, mon Capitaine," answered Father Meraut, +proudly. And then he told the Captain of his being brought wounded to +the Cathedral in Rheims, of its bombardment and burning, and of his +rescue by Pierre and Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +The Captain turned to the Americans and said to them in English: "We +have here three heroes of France instead of one! These children have +lived under constant fire since last September, and they rescued their +wounded father from the burning Cathedral of Rheims at the risk of +their own lives." The Americans saluted Father Meraut, then they +saluted Pierre and Pierrette, while Mother Meraut stood by, beaming +with pride. +</P> + +<P> +"We will ask them to dine with us as our guests," said the Captain, +and, turning to Father Meraut, he spoke again in French. "This is the +Foreign Legion," he said. "It is made up of friends of France, brave +men of different countries who came voluntarily to fight with us +against the Boche. Here they receive special training under French +officers before going to the front. These Americans have only just +come. They do not know much French, but they wish you to dine with +them." +</P> + +<P> +Ah, what a day that was for Pierre and Pierrette! Their story was +passed about from one to another, and, instead of being homeless, +wandering refugees, they found themselves suddenly treated as +distinguished guests, by real soldiers. Pierre swelled with pride, and +if he had only been able to speak their language, how glad he would +have been to tell the Americans about the return of the French to +Rheims, the green poster, Madame Coudert, and many other things! Alas, +he could only eat his soup and gaze about him at all the activities +that were going on in camp. When at last it was time for them to go, it +was with the greatest difficulty that Pierre could be torn away from +his new-found friends. +</P> + +<P> +"Come again, old pal," said the tall man, slapping Pierre cordially on +the back as he said good-by. "Come again and see your Uncle Sam! Come +and bring your family!" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre grinned, although he did not understand a word, shook hands, and +ran down the river-bank to join his parents and Pierrette, who were +already climbing into the boat. +</P> + +<P> +"Jim" and "Uncle Sam" looked after them as the Ark swung out into the +stream. "Au revoir," shouted Pierre, waving his hand. "Vive la France!" +And back came the reply like an echo, "You bet your life, vive la +France!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap10"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +X. FONTANELLE +</H3> + +<P> +The shadows were beginning to lengthen across the valley as the Ark +rounded a bend in the stream and the little church spire of Fontanelle +came into view. "There it is—at last!" cried Mother Meraut. "Thank +God, something of the village still stands!" She gazed eagerly into the +distance. "And there is the Chateau," she added joyfully, pointing to a +large gray stone building half hidden by a fringe of trees. "Oh, surely +things are not going to be so bad as I had feared. Hurry! hurry! It +seems as though my heart must take wings and fly before my body, now +that we are so near!" +</P> + +<P> +Father Meraut bent to the oars. "I will stay with the boat while you +and the children go to the village," he said, when, a few moments +later, he found a favorable spot to land. +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut was out of the boat almost before it was beached, the +Twins sprang out after her, and the three started up the road to the +village on a run. Groves of trees just bursting into leaf lay between +them and the one street of the little town, and it was not until they +had passed it that they could tell how much damage had been done. The +sight that met their eyes as they entered the village was not +reassuring, but, hoping against hope, they ran on to the little house +which had been Mother Meraut's childhood home. At the threshold they +paused, and the tears which Mother Meraut had resolutely refused to +shed when she had said good-by to her own home in Rheims fell freely as +she gazed upon the ruins of the home of her parents. The house was +empty, the windows were gone, the door was wrenched from its hinges, +and the roof was open to the sky. The whole village was in much the +same condition. Every house was empty, the street deserted. +</P> + +<P> +Neither Mother Meraut nor the Twins said a word. With heavy hearts they +turned from the gaping doorway and started toward the Chateau, which +lay half a mile beyond the village. Not a soul did they meet until they +arrived at the great gate which marked the entrance to the park, and +then they saw that the Chateau too had suffered. It had been partly +burned out, but as its walls were standing and one wing looked +habitable, their spirits rose a little. At the gate a child was +playing. They stopped. "Can you tell me, ma petite," said Mother +Meraut, her voice trembling, "whether there is any one here by the name +of Jamart?" +</P> + +<P> +"Mais—oui," answered the child, surveying the strangers with +curiosity. "Voila!" She pointed a stubby finger toward the Chateau, and +there, just disappearing behind a corner of the wall, was the bent +figure of an old woman carrying a pail of water. +</P> + +<P> +With a cry of joy, Mother Meraut sprang forward, and Pierre and +Pierrette for once in their lives, run as they would, could not keep up +with her. She fairly flew over the ground, and when the Twins at last +reached her side, the pail of water was spilled on the ground, and the +two women were weeping in each other's arms. An old man now came toward +them and the children flung themselves upon him. "Grandpere! +Grandpere!" they shouted, and then such another embracing as there was! +</P> + +<P> +Grand'mere kissed the Twins, and Grandpere hugged Mother Meraut, and +then, because the tears were still running down their cheeks, Grandpere +pointed to the overturned pail, and the water flowing in little +wiggling streams through the dust. "Come, dear hearts," he cried, "are +these your tears? Weep no more, then, lest we have a flood after our +fire! This is a time to rejoice! Wipe your eyes, my Antoinette, and +tell us how you came here. It is as if the sky had opened to let down +three angels—and where, then, is Jacques?" +</P> + +<P> +By this time a group of people had gathered about them—the little +remnant of the old prosperous village of Fontanelle. "Here we are, you +see," said Grandpere, "all that are left of us. Every able-bodied young +woman was driven away by the Germans to work in their fields—while +ours lie idle. Every able-bodied man is in the army. There are only +twenty-seven of us left—old women, children, and myself. There you +have our history." +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut shook each old friend by the hand, looked at all the +babies and children, and proudly showed her Twins to them in return, +before she said a word about the sorrows they had endured in Rheims, +and the desperation which had at last driven them from their home. The +people listened without comment. They had all suffered so much that +there was no room left in their hearts for new grief, but when she told +them of the boat and her lame husband they rejoiced with her that she +had the happiness at least of a united family. There was plenty of room +in their hearts for joy! "Come with us," they said. "We cannot be +poorer. Our cattle are driven away; we have no strong laborers to till +our fields, no seeds to plant in them. We live in one wing and the +outhouses of the Chateau, but hope is not yet dead, and your hands are +strong. Your husband, too, can help, and we shall be at least no worse +off for your being here." +</P> + +<P> +Grand'mere spoke. "We live in the cow-stalls of the stable," said she. +"It is not so bad; there is still hay in the loft, and there are other +stalls not occupied." +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut crossed herself. "If the Blessed Mother of Our Lord could +live in a stable," she said, "such shelter is surely good enough for +us." +</P> + +<P> +Father Meraut, sitting patiently in the boat, was surprise, a little +later as he looked anxiously toward the village, to see a crowd of +people coming toward him, waving caps and hands in salutation. Before +the others ran Pierre and Pierrette, and when they reached him they +poured forth a jumble of excited words, from which he was able to +gather that Grandpere and Grand'mere were alive and well, and that +there was a place for them to stay. He got out of the boat to greet the +people, and their willing hands took the bundles and helped hide the +Ark in the bushes, and the whole company then started back to the +Chateau, Grandpere lingering behind the others to keep pace with the +slow progress of Father Meraut. +</P> + +<P> +When Grand'mere, the Twins, and their Mother reached the stable they +took their bundles from the hands of their friends, and went in to +inspect their new home. The stable had been swept and scrubbed until it +was as clean as it could be made. The large box stall served as a +bedroom for Grand'mere and Grandpere. Above their bed of hay, covered +with old blankets and quilts, was hung a wooden crucifix. This, with +two boxes for seats, was all the furniture it contained. A few articles +of clothing hung about on nails, and in the open space before the +stalls a stove was placed, the pipe running through a pane of glass in +a window near by. +</P> + +<P> +When Grandpere and Father Meraut arrived, Mother Meraut met them at the +door. "Behold our new apartment!" she said, and she led her husband to +one of the clean stalls, where she had already begun to set up +housekeeping. The Twins were at that moment in the loft overhead, +getting hay for their beds, and Jacqueline, exhausted by her journey, +had been put to bed in the manger. +</P> + +<P> +Father Meraut looked about. "This is not bad for the summer," he said, +"and who knows what good luck may come to us by fall? Perhaps the +Germans will be driven out of France by that time, and surely we shall +be able to do some planting even now." +</P> + +<P> +"We have dug up the ground for gardens as best we could with the few +tools we have," said Grandpere. "The government would send us seeds, +but the roads are very bad, and we have no horses, and supplies are +hard to get even though we have money to pay for them. The nearest town +where provisions can be obtained lies six miles below, at the mouth of +the river, and it is very little one can carry on one's back." +</P> + +<P> +"Is there no way to get help from the soldiers' camp?" asked Father +Meraut. "They must get supplies." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, but they cannot of themselves at this time take care of the +civilian population," said Grandpere. "There are many villages in the +same condition, and the soldiers' business is to fight for France." +</P> + +<P> +"True," said Father Meraut. Then he exclaimed: "I have it! The Ark! It +will indeed be our salvation as it was Father Noah's." +</P> + +<P> +Grandpere looked anxiously at Mother Meraut and touched his forehead. +"He is not mad?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +She laughed. "The name of our boat is the Ark," she explained. "We can +use it to go down the river to buy provisions if there are any to be +had." +</P> + +<P> +Grand'mere, who had been listening, looked cautiously about, then felt +under the straw of her bed and brought out a stocking. "See!" she said. +"I have money. The others have money too, but of what use is money when +there is nothing to buy and no place to buy it?" +</P> + +<P> +"We must find a place to buy things," said Mother Meraut with decision. +"Grandpere and Jacques can take the Ark and go down the river on a +voyage of discovery, and bring back the supplies that we most need." +</P> + +<P> +After supper the whole village gathered about the stable door to hear +all the news which the Meraut family had brought from the outside +world. For months they had not seen a newspaper, and there had been no +visitors in Fontanelle. And when Father Meraut had finished telling +them all the story of Rheims, of the burning of the Cathedral, of the +miraculous safety of the statue of Saint Jeanne, of his own escape, and +the final destruction of the roof over their heads, and their flight +from the city, the pressing needs of the little village and his and +Grandpere's proposed voyage were discussed, and it was very late when +at last the people separated and the little village settled down for +the night. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap11"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XI. A SURPRISE +</H3> + +<P> +The next morning the whole village was up early, and plans were +perfected for the voyage of Father Meraut and Grandpere. A long list of +necessary articles was made out, and the money for their purchase +safely hidden away in their inside pockets. They were just about to +start down the road to the river, when suddenly a wonderful thing +happened. Right through the great gate of the Chateau rumbled a large +motor truck with an American flag fluttering from the radiator! It was +driven by a strange young woman in a smart gray uniform. Beside her on +the driver's seat sat an older woman dressed the same way and carrying +in her hand a black medicine-case. +</P> + +<P> +The girl stopped her engine, climbed down to the ground, and approached +the astonished people of Fontanelle: "Bon jour," she said, smiling. +Then in excellent French she explained her errand. "We are Americans," +she said, and at that name every face smiled back at her. "We have come +to help you restore your homes. America loves and admires the French +people, and since we women cannot fight with you, we wish at least to +help in the reconstruction of your beautiful France. Your government +has given us permission to start our work here, and has promised help +from the soldiers whose camp is near. The money we bring from America +will purchase materials, and with your labor and the help of the +soldiers we shall soon see what can be done." +</P> + +<P> +For a moment after she had ceased speaking there was silence. The +people of Fontanelle were too astonished for words. So much good +fortune after all their sorrow left them stunned. It was Pierre who +first found his voice. He took off his cap, swung it in the air and +shouted, "Vive l'Amerique," at the top of his lungs, and "Vive +l'Amerique," chorused the whole village, relieved to be able to vent +their feelings in sound. +</P> + +<P> +Mademoiselle laughed. "Vive la France," she answered, and then, turning +to the truck, she cried, "Come and see what we have in our little shop +on wheels. But first let me introduce to you Dr. Miller. She is an +American doctor who has come to take care of any who may be sick." +</P> + +<P> +The Doctor had already climbed down from her high seat and was opening +the back of the truck. She smiled and shook hands with the people. "Is +there not something here you wish to buy?" she asked. "The prices are +plainly marked." +</P> + +<P> +Everybody now crowded about the truck, and in it,—oh, +wonderful,—piled on the floor and hanging from the top and sides, were +the very things for which they had been longing so eagerly! There were +hoes, and shovels, and rakes, and garden seeds of all kinds. There were +bolts of cloth and woolen garments and wooden shoes, and yarn for +knitting. There were even knitting-needles! And, best of all, there was +food, food such as they had not seen in many weary months. Ah, it was +indeed marvelous what that truck contained! +</P> + +<P> +The buying began at once, and never before had any one been able to +purchase so much for a franc! Soon there was nothing left in the truck +but some bedding and other articles belonging to the Doctor and +Mademoiselle, as the people at once began to call her. +</P> + +<P> +"Will you not come with me to my apartment in the stable?" said Mother +Meraut cordially to the two women. "You must be tired from your +journey." +</P> + +<P> +"We must first see the Commandant at the camp," said the Doctor, "and +then we shall be happy if you will find some lunch for us. It is +necessary to see at once if our houses have come." +</P> + +<P> +"Your houses!" cried Pierre, so surprised that he quite forgot his +manners. "But, Madame, it is not possible that you carry your houses +with you like the snails?" +</P> + +<P> +The Doctor laughed. "Not just like the snails," she said; "our houses +have been sent on ahead of us in sections, with the army supplies, and +are no doubt here in the care of the Commandant." +</P> + +<P> +"Go, my Pierre, conduct them to the camp," said his Mother, "and when +you come back," she added, turning to the two women, "I will have ready +for you the best that my poor house affords." The Doctor and +Mademoiselle thanked Mother Meraut, and then, following Pierre, started +down the river road toward the camp a mile or more away. +</P> + +<P> +The next few days seemed to Pierre and Pierrette, and indeed to all the +inhabitants of Fontanelle, little less than a series of miracles. In +the first place, the Doctor and Mademoiselle had scarcely finished the +good lunch which Mother Meraut had waiting for them on their return +from camp, when a great truck, loaded with sections of the portable +houses, entered the great gate of the Chateau. It was followed by a +detachment of soldiers from the Foreign Legion, sent by the Commandant +to erect them. The soldiers were also Americans, and Pierre and +Pierrette were delighted to find that both "Jim" and "Uncle Sam" were +among them. Indeed Uncle Sam was in command of the squad, and when he +presented himself and his men to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, he +explained that the Commandant had detailed Americans to this duty, as +he thought that they would more easily understand what the ladies +wished to have done. +</P> + +<P> +The whole place now swarmed with people working as busily as bees in a +hive. By night one house was fit to be occupied. The following night +two more had been erected, and the soldiers had laid tent floors in all +of them. The day after that six more young women in gray came, bringing +more supplies. Under the generalship of the Doctor, Mother Meraut was +installed in the carriage-house which opened from the stable, and here +she prepared meals for her family and for all the new-comers as well. +The Doctor established a dispensary in one room of the Chateau, and +Mademoiselle opened a store in the basement, keeping there for sale a +large quantity of the supplies which had been brought by the six young +women. Father Meraut and Grandpere worked hard on the gardens, assisted +by Pierre and Pierrette and any other person in the village who was +capable of wielding a hoe. Soon people began to come in from the +neighboring hamlets, bringing their sick babies to the Doctor for +treatment. The great truck was loaded with supplies received through +the Army Service and the Red Cross, and the young women took turns in +driving the "Shop on Wheels" into other, less favored districts, to +start there work similar to that begun at Fontanelle. +</P> + +<P> +Uncle Sam and Jim came so often to the village that they were soon on +friendly terms with every one in it. They acted as emissaries between +the camp and the village, and if anything was needed which was beyond +the power of these determined women to supply, Uncle Sam and Jim seemed +always by some miracle to accomplish it. One day the Doctor said to Jim +"I wish there were some way of getting a good cow here. These little +children cannot get rosy and strong without fresh milk, and they +haven't had any since the Germans drove away their cows." +</P> + +<P> +A week later Jim appeared at the Chateau gate leading a cow! There was +a card tied to one horn. The Doctor removed it and read, "To Dr. Miller +for the little children of Fontanelle." +</P> + +<P> +"It's from the Commandant," said Jim, beaming with pride. +</P> + +<P> +The cow proved such a success, and the babies and young children showed +at once such improvement, that the Doctor determined that they should +have not only milk but fresh eggs, and Mademoiselle was sent to Paris +to make investigations, and, if possible, place an order for more cows +and some hens. Upon her return she announced that a load of live-stock +from southern France would soon arrive at the nearest railroad station, +five miles away. +</P> + +<P> +"It's going to be a regular menagerie," said Mademoiselle, when she +told Mother Meraut about it. "There will be two more cows, two pigs, a +pair of goats, ten pairs of rabbits, and sixty fowls." +</P> + +<P> +"Mercy upon us!" cried Mother Meraut. "Where in the world can we put +them all? Must we move out of our apartment to admit the cows?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," laughed Mademoiselle, "we must find another way to take care of +them. The cows can stay out of doors now, and there is grass to feed +them and the goats. They can all be tethered by ropes, if necessary, +but we must find a secure place to keep the pigs and the rabbits, and +the chicken-house must be mended and put in order for the fowls." +</P> + +<P> +"But Madame Corbeille now resides in the chicken-house. What will +become of her and her children?" cried Mother Meraut. +</P> + +<P> +"Easy enough," said Mademoiselle; "there is still room in your stable, +is there not? For example, there is the granary! It will do excellently +for the Corbeilles. Pierre and Pierrette will help build the +rabbit-hutch, I know, and there we are, all provided for!" +</P> + +<P> +So it was arranged, and that afternoon another family came to live +under the same roof with the Merauts. Grandpere, with his new hammer +and some nails, mended the chicken-house, and then helped Pierre and +Pierrette build enclosures for the rabbits and pigs out of stones and +rubble from the fallen walls. +</P> + +<P> +At last the day came when all the creatures were to arrive, and +Mademoiselle arranged that the Twins, Mother Meraut, and four of her +own party of young women should go to the railroad station to get them. +The great truck was brought out, ropes were then thrown in, and all the +people who composed what Mademoiselle called the "Reception Committee" +climbed in and sat on the floor, while Mademoiselle and the Doctor +occupied the driver's seat. The soldiers had done some work on the +roads, so they were not as bad as they had been earlier in the spring; +but they were still bad enough, and the people in the truck were +bounced about like kernels of corn in a popper. +</P> + +<P> +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they arrived at the station, "the fowls +and the rabbits will have to go back in the truck. That will be easy, +for they came in crates; but the cows, the goats, and the pigs must be +either led or driven." +</P> + +<P> +"It sounds simple enough," said the Doctor, "but have any of you ever +known any cows or pigs? Do you know how to manage them?" +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"I have an acquaintance with cows," said Mother Meraut, "but to goats +and pigs I am a stranger." +</P> + +<P> +"Very well," said Mademoiselle, "Mother Meraut shall lead the way with +the cows. You, Kathleen and Louise," she said, turning to two of the +gray-uniformed girls, "you shall attend the goats. Mary and Martha may +tackle the pigs. Pierre and Pierrette will serve excellently as +short-stops in case any of our live-stock gets away, and the Doctor and +I will bring up the rear." +</P> + +<P> +"It's going to be a regular circus!" said Kathleen. "I feel as if we +ought to wear spangles and be led by a band." +</P> + +<P> +"We haven't any clown, though," said Martha. +</P> + +<P> +"I shouldn't wonder," said Mary, "if we'd all look like clowns in this +parade." +</P> + +<P> +The car with the creatures in it was standing on a side track, and the +station agent, looking doubtfully at the girls, led the way to it, and +after the rabbits and fowls had been loaded into the truck, placed a +gangplank for the cows to walk down, and opened the door of the car. +But nothing happened; the cows obstinately refused to step down the +plank. +</P> + +<P> +"Here's a rope," said Mademoiselle, at last, throwing one up to the +agent. "I hoped we shouldn't need it, but I guess we do." +</P> + +<P> +The agent fixed the rope to the horns of one of the cows, and threw the +other end to Mademoiselle. "Now," said he, "pull gently to begin with." +</P> + +<P> +Mademoiselle, pale but valiant, pulled, quietly at first, then harder. +The cow put her head down, braced her feet and backed. +</P> + +<P> +"Come on," cried Mademoiselle to the others, "we'll all have to pull +together." +</P> + +<P> +Any one who could get hold of it seized the rope. +</P> + +<P> +"I never played 'pom pom pull away' with a cow before," quavered +Louise. "I—I—don't feel sure she knows the rules of the game!" +</P> + +<P> +"She'll soon learn," said Mademoiselle, grimly. "Don't welch. Now, +then, one—two—three—pull!" +</P> + +<P> +At the word, they all leaned back and pulled. The cow, yielding +suddenly, shot out of the car like a cork out of a champagne bottle, +and the girls attached to the rope went down like a row of bricks. The +rope flew out of their hands, and the cow went careering down the track +with the rope dangling wildly after her, while the other cow, fired by +her example, came bawling after. When they found grass by the roadside +they became reasonable at once. Mother Meraut then took charge of them, +and, as Kathleen remarked, "that ended the first movement." The second +began when the goats were unloaded. Mademoiselle took no chances with +them. She got the agent to put ropes on them in the first place, and +Kathleen and Louise, cautiously advancing to the plank, held up +propitiatory offerings of grass. +</P> + +<P> +"That's right," laughed Mademoiselle, "leading citizens with bouquets! +Perhaps a speech of welcome might help. They aren't the first old goats +to be received that way." +</P> + +<P> +"Hush!" implored Louise. "My knees are knocking together so I can +hardly stand up now, and suppose they should butt!" +</P> + +<P> +"In the words of the immortal bard 'butt me no butts,'" murmured +Kathleen, as they reached the gang-plank. +</P> + +<P> +The agent, having attached the rope and released the goats from their +moorings, stood back and gave them full access to the open door, +holding the other end of the rope firmly in his hands. "You can take +the ropes when they are safely down the plank," he cried gallantly. +"They need a man to handle them." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, thank you," said Kathleen and Louise with one voice. +</P> + +<P> +The goats accepted the suggestion of the open door at once and galloped +down the gang-plank with such reckless speed that the agent lost his +footing and came coasting down after them. "Mille tonneurs!" he +exclaimed, as he reached the end of the gang-plank and struck a bed of +gravel. "Those goats are possessed of the devil!" +</P> + +<P> +The Doctor was beside him in an instant. "I hope you are not injured," +she cried. "Is there anything I can do for you? I am a doctor." +</P> + +<P> +"No, Madame," said the agent, bowing politely, as he got himself on his +feet again, "I am hurt only in my pride, and you have no medicine for +that!" +</P> + +<P> +"Oh," cried Mademoiselle, "how brave it was of you! It's as you +say—they need a man to manage them!" +</P> + +<P> +The station agent looked at the goats, who were now grazing peacefully, +attended by Kathleen and Louise, and then, a little thoughtfully, at +Mademoiselle. "It is indeed better that a man should take these risks," +he said, throwing out his chest. "And there are still the pigs! I doubt +not they are as full of demons as the Gadarene Swine themselves!" +</P> + +<P> +"What should we do without your help?" said Mademoiselle. "The pigs +cannot be roped!" +</P> + +<P> +"No," said the agent sadly, "they cannot." He considered a moment. Then +he motioned to Pierre and Pierrette, who were standing with Mary and +Martha at a respectful distance. "Come here, all of you," he said, +addressing them from the top of the gang-plank; "pigs must be taken by +strategy. I am an old soldier. I will engineer an encircling movement. +Mademoiselle; will you stand here at the left, and, Madame la Docteur, +will you station yourself at my right? The rest of you arrange +yourselves in a curved line extending westward from Madame. Then I will +release the pigs, and you, watching their movements, will head them off +if they start in the wrong direction. Voila! We will now commence." +</P> + +<P> +He went back into the car, and in another moment the pigs, squealing +vociferously, thundered down the gang-plank, gave one look at the +"encircling movement," and, wheeling about, instantly dashed under the +car and out on the other side into an open field. It was not until they +had made a complete tour of the village, pursued by the entire +personnel of the "encircling movement" that they were at last turned +into the Fontanelle road. +</P> + +<P> +"This isn't—the way—this parade—was advertised!" gasped Kathleen, as +she struggled with her goat in an effort to take her appointed place in +the caravan. "The—cows—were to—go—first!" +</P> + +<P> +"Never mind," answered Louise cheerfully, as she pulled her goat into +the road. "A little informality will be overlooked, I'm sure." +</P> + +<P> +Mother Meraut followed them with the cows, and last of all Mademoiselle +and the Doctor climbed into the truck and brought up the rear of the +procession, with all the roosters crowing at the top of their lungs. +</P> + +<P> +There is not time to tell of all the adventures that befell them on the +eventful journey back to Fontanelle. One can merely guess that it must +have been full of excitement, since the Reception Committee did not +reach the village with their charges until some time after dark. Mother +Meraut was worried because she was not home in time to get a hot supper +for the tired girls, but when they arrived they found that Grand'mere +had stepped into the breach, and had made steaming hot soup for every +one. Grandpere and Father Meraut took charge of the live-stock, and +Mother Corbeille milked the cows. +</P> + +<P> +As they dragged themselves wearily to bed that night, Kathleen +decorated Mademoiselle with a huge cross,—cut out of paper,—which she +pinned upon her nightgown. "For extreme gallantry," she explained, "in +leading your forces into action in face of a fierce charge by two +goats, and for taking prisoner two rebellious pigs!" Then she saluted +ceremoniously and tumbled into bed. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap12"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XII. MORNING IN THE MEADOW +</H3> + +<P> +As summer came on, life seemed less and less sad to the people of +Fontanelle. With the coming of the Americans the outlook had so changed +that, although the war was not yet over, they could look forward to the +future with some degree of hope. The news brought from Rheims by +occasional refugees was always sad. The Germans continued to shell the +defenseless city, and the Cathedral sustained more and more injuries, +but the beautiful stained-glass windows had been carefully taken down, +the broken pieces put together as far as possible, and the whole +shipped to safer places in France. The statue of Jeanne d'Arc within +the church had also been taken from its niche, while the one before the +Cathedral doors still remained unharmed by shot and shell. +</P> + +<P> +It comforted Mother Meraut to think of that valiant figure standing +alone amid such desolation. She had other things to comfort her as +well. With food and fresh air the roses bloomed again in the cheeks of +her children. Soon, too, the gardens began to yield early vegetables. +In the morning, instead of hearing the sound of guns, they were +awakened by bird-songs, or by the crowing of cocks and the bleating of +goats. These were pleasant sounds to the people of Fontanelle, for they +brought memories of peaceful and prosperous days, and the promise of +more to come. +</P> + +<P> +The rebuilding of the village was begun by the end of June, and the +sound of saws and hammers cheered them with the prospect of comfortable +homes before cold weather should come again. The work proceeded slowly, +for the workers were few, even though their good friend the Commandant +gave them all the help he could. There were now a multitude of little +chicks running about on what had been the stately lawns of the Chateau, +and there were twenty new little rabbits in the rabbit-hutch. As the +rabbits could not forage for themselves, it was necessary for others to +forage for them, and this work fell to the lot of Pierre and Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +One summer morning one of the roosters crowed very, very early, and the +Twins, having no clock, supposed it was time for them to get up and go +for fresh leaves and roots for the rabbits, as they did every day. They +rose at once, and the sun was just peering above the eastern horizon as +they came out of the stable door. They went to the rabbit-hutch, and +the rabbits, seeing them, stood up on their hind legs and wiggled their +noses hungrily. +</P> + +<P> +"Rabbits do have awful appetites," said Pierre, a little ruefully, as +he looked down at the empty food-box. "Just think what a pile of things +we brought them yesterday." +</P> + +<P> +"There's nothing to do but get them more, I suppose," answered +Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +"I know where there's just bushels and bushels of water-cress," said +Pierre, "but it's quite a long distance off. You know the brook that +flows through the meadow between here and camp? It's just stuffed with +it, and rabbits like it better than almost anything." +</P> + +<P> +"Let's go and get some now," said Pierrette. "We can take the +clothes-basket and bring back enough to last all day." +</P> + +<P> +Pierre went for the basket, and the two children started down the road +which ran beside the meadow toward the camp. It was so early that not +another soul in the village was up. Even the rooster had gone to sleep +again after his misguided crowing. One pale little star still winked in +the morning sky, but the birds were already winging and singing, as the +children, carrying the basket between them, set forth upon their quest. +</P> + +<P> +When they reached the brook, they set down the basket, took off their +wooden shoes, and, wading into the stream, began gathering great +bunches of the cress. They were so busy filling their basket that they +did not notice the sun had gone out of sight behind a cloud-bank, and +that the air was still with that strange breathless stillness that +precedes a storm. It was not until a loud clap of thunder, accompanied +by a flash of lightning, suddenly broke the silence, that they knew the +storm was upon them. When they looked up, the meadow grasses were bend +ing low before a sudden wind, and the trees were swaying to and fro as +if in terror, against the background of an angry sky. +</P> + +<P> +"Wow!" said Pierre. "I guess we're in for it! We can't possibly get +home before it breaks." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh," gasped Pierrette, as another peal of thunder shook the air, "I +don't want to stay out in it. What shall we do?" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre looked about him. A little distance beyond the brook, toward the +camp, there was a straw-stack with a rough straw-thatched shed beside +it, half hidden under a group of small trees. Pierre pointed to it. +"We'll leave the basket here," he said, "and hide under the straw until +the storm is over. Then we can come back again, get it, and go home." +</P> + +<P> +Another clap of thunder, louder still, sent them flying on their way, +and they did not speak again until they were under the shelter of the +shed. The first big drops fell as they reached it, and then the storm +broke in a fury of wind and water. The children cowered against the +stack itself as far as possible out of reach of the driving rain. +</P> + +<P> +They had been there but a few moments, when they heard a new sound in +addition to the roar of the wind and the patter of the rain upon the +leaves. It was the dull tread of heavy footsteps, and they were +surprised to see a man running toward the straw-stack, his head bent to +shield his face from the rain, under the brim of an old hat. His +clothes were rough and unkempt, and altogether his appearance was so +forbidding that the children instinctively dived under the straw at the +edge of the stack like frightened mice, and burrowed backward until +they were completely hidden, though they could still peep out through +the loose straw. +</P> + +<P> +The man reached the shed almost before they were out of view, but it +was evident that he had not seen them, for he did not glance in their +direction. He took off his hat and shook the rain-drops from it. Then +he wiped his face and neck with a soiled handkerchief and sat down on +the edge of a bench that had once been used for salting cattle. He sat +still for a little while, with his feet drawn up on the bench and his +hands clasping his knees, the better to escape the rain. Then he began +to grow restless. He walked back and forth and peered out into the rain +in the direction of the camp. The children were so frightened they +could hear their own hearts beat, but they had been in danger so many +times, and in so many different ways that they kept their presence of +mind, and were able to follow closely his every move. Soon they heard +the sound of more footsteps, and suddenly there dashed under the shed a +soldier in the uniform of France. It was evident that the first man +expected him, for he showed no surprise at his coming, and the two sat +down together on the bench and began to talk. +</P> + +<P> +The wind had now subsided a little, and though they spoke in low tones +the children could hear every word. +</P> + +<P> +"Whew!" said the soldier as he shook his rain-coat. "Nasty weather." +</P> + +<P> +"All the better for our purposes," answered the other man. "There's +less chance of our being seen." +</P> + +<P> +"Not much chance of that, anyway, so early in the morning as this," +answered the soldier, looking at his watch. "It's not yet four o'clock!" +</P> + +<P> +"Best not to linger, anyway," said the other man. "That Captain of +yours has the eyes of a hawk. I was up at camp the other day selling +cigarettes and chocolate, and he eyed me as if he was struck with my +beauty." +</P> + +<P> +"I wish you'd keep away from camp," said the soldier, impatiently. "It +isn't necessary, and you might run into some one who knew you back in +Germany. There are all kinds of people in the Foreign Legion. I tell +you, it isn't safe, and besides, I can get all the information we need +without it." +</P> + +<P> +"All right, General," responded the other, grinning. "But have you +<I>got</I> it? That's the question. I expect that buzzard will be flying +around again over this field in a night or so,—the moon is 'most full +now, and the nights are light,—and I've got to be able to signal him +just how to find the powder magazine and the other munitions. Then he +can swoop right over there and drop one of his little souvenirs where +it will do the most good and fly away home. I advise you to keep away +from that section of the camp yourself." +</P> + +<P> +"Here is the map," said the soldier, drawing a paper from his pocket, +"and there are also statistics as to the number of men and all I can +find out about plans for using them. Take good care of it. It wouldn't +be healthy to be found with it on you." +</P> + +<P> +The first man pocketed the paper. "That's all, is it?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"All for this time, anyway," answered the soldier. +</P> + +<P> +The man looked at him narrowly. +</P> + +<P> +"Well," said the soldier, "what's the matter? Don't I look like a +Frenchman?" +</P> + +<P> +"You'd deceive the devil himself," answered the man with a short laugh. +"No one would ever think you were born in Bavaria. Don't forget and +stick up the corners of your mustache, though. That might give you +away. When do you think you can get over to see that fort?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know," answered the soldier sharply, "but I'll meet you here +day after to-morrow at the same hour. Auf Wiedersehen," and he was gone. +</P> + +<P> +After his departure, his companion lingered a moment, lit a cigarette, +looked up at the sky, and, seeing that the shower was nearly over, +strolled off in the opposite direction. +</P> + +<P> +The children, looking after him, saw him come upon their basket near +the brook, examine it carefully, and then look about in every direction +as if searching for the owners. Seeing no one, he gave it a kick and +passed on. They watched him, not daring to move until he turned toward +the river and was out of sight. Later they saw a boat come from the +shelter of some bushes on the bank, and slip quietly down the stream +with the man in it. +</P> + +<P> +When they dared move once more they crawled out from under the straw, +and Pierrette said, "Well, what do you think of that?" +</P> + +<P> +"Think!" Pierre said, choking with wrath. "I think he's a miserable dog +of a spy! They are both spies! And they are going to try to blow up the +whole camp! You come along with me." He seized Pierrette by the hand, +and the two flew over the wet meadow toward the distant camp. +</P> + +<P> +"Whatever should we do if we met that soldier?" gasped Pierrette, +breathless with running and excitement. +</P> + +<P> +"Look stupid," said Pierre promptly. "He didn't see us, and he'd never +dream we had seen him; but, by our blessed Saint Jeanne, this is where +I get even with the Germans! Let's find Jim and Uncle Sam." +</P> + +<P> +Reveille was just sounding as they entered the camp and presented +themselves at the door of Uncle Sam's tent. During the weeks that had +elapsed since their arrival in France, Jim and Uncle Sam had acquired a +fair working knowledge of the language, and, though it still remained a +queer mixture of French and English, they and the children managed to +understand each other very well. +</P> + +<P> +"Bonjour, kids!" cried Uncle Sam in astonishment, when he saw the two +children at the tent door. "What on earth are you doing here? Don't you +know visitors are not expected in camp at this hour?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sh—sh!" said Pierre, laying his finger on his lips. "Nobody must see +us! We have important news!" +</P> + +<P> +Uncle Sam sat up in bed. "Why, I believe you have," he said, looking +attentively at their pale faces. "Just wait a minute while I get my +clothes on. Here, you—Jim," he added, poking a recumbent figure in the +adjoining cot. "Roll out! It's reveille!" +</P> + +<P> +Jim sat up at once and rubbed his eyes, and, after a hurried +consultation, the two men turned the two children with their faces to +the wall in one corner of the tent, while they made a hasty toilet in +the other. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, then, out with it," said Uncle Sam a few moments later. "Que +vooly-voo? What's up?" +</P> + +<P> +Jim sat down beside him on the edge of the cot, and the two men +listened in amazement to the story the two children had to tell. When +they had finished, Uncle Sam wasted no words. "Come with me to the +Captain tooty sweet," he said. And Jim added, as he patted the Twins +tenderly on the head, "By George, mes enfants, you ought to get the war +cross for this day's work." +</P> + +<P> +A few moments more, and the children and Uncle Sam were ushered by an +orderly into the presence of the Captain, who was just in the act of +shaving. Uncle Sam's message to him had been so imperative that they +were admitted at once to his presence, even though his face was covered +with lather and he was likely to fill his mouth with soap if he opened +it. Uncle Sam saluted, and the Twins, wishing to be as polite as +possible, saluted too. The Captain returned the salute, and went on +shaving as he listened to their story, grunting now and then +emphatically instead of speaking, on account of the soap. When Pierre +came to what the soldier had said under the shed, he was so much +interested that he cut his chin. +</P> + +<P> +"So that's their program, is it?" he sputtered, soap and all, mopping +his chin. "But how on earth did you happen to be in such a place as +that at such an hour in the morning?" +</P> + +<P> +Pierre explained about the rabbits and the cress, and Uncle Sam added: +"They're from Fontanelle. Their father is a soldier wounded at the +Marne, and they lived under fire in Rheims for eight months before +coming here. They're some kids, believe me! They know what war is." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said the Captain, "I remember them; they came up the river some +weeks ago." Then he turned to the children. "Would you know that +soldier if you were to see him again?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, yes," said the children. +</P> + +<P> +"Very well," said the Captain, "the men will go to breakfast soon. You +stay with Sam and watch them, and if you see that man go by you step on +Sam's foot. No one must see you do it. Be sure you don't make a mistake +now," he added, "and if you really do unearth the rascal, it's the best +day's work you ever did, for yourselves as well as for France. Sam, you +report to me afterwards, and be sure you give no occasion for suspicion +to any one." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir," said Sam, and saluted. Pierre and Pierrette saluted also. +</P> + +<P> +The Captain returned the salute with ceremony. "You are true soldiers +of France," he said to the Twins as they left his tent. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +If their comrades were surprised to see Uncle Sam standing with two +children by his side while the others passed into the mess tent with +cups and plates in hand, no one said anything. It was a little +irregular to be sure—but then—Americans were always unexpected! For a +long time the men filed by, and still there was no sign of the face +they sought. At last, however, Pierre came down solidly on Uncle Sam's +right foot, and at the same time Pierrette touched his left with her +wooden shoe. There, right in front of them, carrying his plate and cup, +and twirling his mustache, was the man they sought! +</P> + +<P> +The Twins stood still, and not by the quiver of an eyelash did they +betray any excitement until the man had passed into the tent. Then +Uncle Sam said to them, "Now you scoot for home, or your Mother will be +worried to death! Tell your Father and Mother all about it, but don't +tell another soul at present." The children flew back across the +meadow, picked up their basket of cress, and when they reached the +Chateau, fed the hungry rabbits. Then they found their Father and +Mother and told them their morning's adventures. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap13"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XIII. CHILDREN OF THE LEGION +</H3> + +<P> +It must not be supposed, because things were more cheerful for the +inhabitants of Fontanelle, that they had forgotten the war. They were +reminded of it every day, not only by the presence of soldiers, but by +the sound of distant guns, and by the visits of German airplanes. Often +in the middle of the night an alarm would be given, and the people of +the village would spring from their beds and seek refuge in the cellars +of the Chateau—that is, all but Kathleen; she obstinately refused to +go, even when the Doctor reasoned with her. "Let me die in my bed," she +pleaded. "It's better form. Our best people have always done it, and +besides when I'm waked suddenly that way I'm apt to be cross." So, when +the sound of the buzzing motor was heard in the sky, she simply drew +the covers over her head, and stayed where she was, while a strange, +half-clad procession, recruited from stables and granary, filed into +the Chateau cellar. These raids were likely to occur on bright nights, +and as the time of the full moon approached, the people of the village +grew more watchful and slept less soundly. +</P> + +<P> +On the night following the adventure of the Twins in the meadow, though +the moon shone, no aerial visitor appeared, nor did one come the next +night after. Neither did any news from camp come to the village. Pierre +and Pierrette longed to tell Mademoiselle and the Doctor their secret, +but Uncle Sam had told them to share it with no one but their parents, +and they knew obedience was the first requisite of a good soldier; so +they said nothing, and nearly burst in consequence. They went no more +to the meadow after cress, however. Mother Meraut saw to that. If they +had gone there on the morning of the next day but one after their +encounter with the spies, they would have had a still more thrilling +experience, for at midnight Uncle Sam, Jim, and the Captain had quietly +stolen away from camp and hidden themselves in the straw. There they +stayed until in the gray of the early dawn they saw a boat come up the +river, and the slouching figure of the spy stalk across the meadow to +his rendez-vous under the shed. They stayed there until the soldier +appeared, and until they had heard with their own ears the plan for +signaling the German airplane that night, and for giving information +which would en able the aviator to blow up their stores of powder and +ammunition. Then, suddenly and swiftly, at a prearranged signal, the +three men sprang from the straw, and the astonished spies found +themselves surrounded and covered by the muzzles of three guns. They +saw at once that resistance was useless, and sullenly obeyed the +Captain's order to throw up their hands. They were then marched back to +camp, turned over to the proper authorities, and the next morning at +sunrise they met the fate of all spies who are caught. +</P> + +<P> +That was not the end of the affair, however, for, knowing that the +airplane which the spy had referred to as the "Buzzard" was to be +expected that night, and that the German aviator would look for signals +from the straw-stack, plans were made for his reception, and this part +of the drama was witnessed from the village as well as from the camp. +The night was clear, and at about eleven o'clock the whirr of a motor +was heard in the distance. The Doctor, who had returned late from a +visit to a sick patient in an adjoining village, heard it, and at once +gave the alarm. Out of their beds tumbled the sleepy people of +Fontanelle, and, wrapping themselves in blankets or any garment they +could snatch, they ran out of doors and gazed anxiously into the sky. +</P> + +<P> +Pierre and Pierrette, with their parents and grandparents, were among +the first to appear. They saw the black speck sail swiftly from the +east, and hover like a bird of ill omen over the meadows. No alarm +sounded from the camp, but suddenly from the shadows three French +planes shot into the air. Two at once engaged the enemy, while a third +cut off his retreat. The battle was soon over. There were sharp reports +of guns and blinding flashes of fire as the great machines whirled and +maneuvered in the air, and then the German, finding himself outnumbered +and with no way of escape, came to earth and was taken prisoner. +</P> + +<P> +"Three of 'em bagged, by George," exclaimed Jim to Uncle Sam, when the +aviator was safely locked up in the guardhouse, "and all due to the +pluck and sense of those two kids. If it hadn't been for them, the +chances are we'd all have been ready for cold storage by this time. +They've saved the camp—that's what they've done! There are explosives +enough stored here to have blown every one of us to Kingdom-come!" +</P> + +<P> +"Right you are, Jim," replied Uncle Sam with hearty emphasis, "we +surely do owe them something, and that's a cinch. Let's talk with the +boys." +</P> + +<P> +That night Uncle Sam and Jim made eloquent use of all the French they +knew as they sat about the camp-fire, and told the story of Pierre and +Pierrette to their comrades in arms. Not only did they tell of their +finding the spies and saving the camp from destruction, but of their +Father, wounded at the Marne, of their experience in the Cathedral at +Rheims, and of all they had suffered there, and especially of their +plucky Mother whose spirit no misfortune could break. And when they had +finished the tale, the men gave such a hearty cheer for the whole +Meraut family that it was heard in the village a mile away, though no +one there had the least idea what the noise was about. +</P> + +<P> +The next day Uncle Sam and Jim appeared in Fontanelle and told the +story of the spies to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, and then they held a +long private conference with Mother Meraut. The children were on pins +and needles to know what they were talking about, and why Mother Meraut +looked so happy afterward, but she only shook her head when they begged +her to tell them, and said, "Someday you'll find out." +</P> + +<P> +Two days later an orderly rode into the Chateau gate on horseback, and +inquired for Pierre and Pierrette Meraut. At the moment he arrived the +Twins were feeding the rabbits, but they came running to the gate when +their Mother called them, and the orderly handed them an envelope with +their names on it in large letters. The Twins were so excited they +could hardly wait to know what was inside. They had never before +received a letter. Their Mother opened it and read the contents to the +astonished children. This was the note:— +</P> + +<P> +"The Commandant and men of the Foreign Legion request the pleasure of +the company of Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, and of all the people of +Fontanelle at a birthday party to be held at Camp (of course the exact +name of the camp has to be left out on account of the Censor) on July +14th at 4 o'clock in the afternoon. R. S. V. P." +</P> + +<P> +The eyes of Pierre and Pierrette almost popped out of their heads with +surprise. "Why, Mother," they cried, "that's our birthday! And it's +Bastille Day too! Do you suppose it is the birthday of the Commandant +also?" +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe," said their Mother, smiling. "Anyway it is the birthday of our +dear France." +</P> + +<P> +The orderly smiled, too, and touched his hat. "Is there an answer?" he +asked. +</P> + +<P> +"There will be," said Mother Meraut, "but first the others must be +told." +</P> + +<P> +The Twins ran with their wonderful letter to the dispensary and told +the Doctor. Then they found Mademoiselle, who, with Kathleen's +assistance, was putting a new tire on one wheel of the truck. They +found Louise mending a chicken-coop, and Mary and Martha sorting +supplies in the storeroom. They found all the other people of the +village, some in the garden and some working elsewhere, and every +single one said they should be delighted to go. +</P> + +<P> +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they returned to her and reported, "you +must write your acceptance." +</P> + +<P> +The Twins looked blank. "Can't we just tell him?" they asked anxiously. +"We can't write very well—not well enough to write to the Commandant." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, but," said Mademoiselle, "I'm sure he will expect a letter, and +you must just write the very best you can, and it will be good enough, +I'm sure. Get writing-materials, and I will help you." +</P> + +<P> +At her direction Pierre brought paper and ink from her little house, +and the two children sat down on the ground beside the truck. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, what shall we say?" asked Pierrette. +</P> + +<P> +"I know," said Pierre; "let's say: 'Thank you for asking us to your +party. We are all coming. Amen!' Don't you think that would do?" +</P> + +<P> +Mademoiselle bent over her tire. "Yes," she said, "I think he will like +that, but I'd both sign it if I were you." +</P> + +<P> +So the Twins signed it and put it in an envelope and gave it to the +orderly, who promptly put it in his pocket, saluted, wheeled his horse, +and galloped away toward camp. +</P> + +<P> +The days before the party were full of excitement for the Twins. They +thought of nothing else, and how strange it was that Bastille Day and +the Commandant's birthday both should be the same as theirs. Mother +Meraut bought some cloth, and made Pierrette a new dress, and Pierre a +new blouse, to wear on the great occasion, and when the day finally +came, the children searched the fields to find flowers for a bouquet +for the Commandant; since they had no other birthday gift to offer him. +</P> + +<P> +At three o'clock in the afternoon the whole village was ready to start. +Mademoiselle drove the truck with the old people and little children +sitting in it on heaps of straw. Kathleen was the driver of the Ford +car, and had as passengers Father Meraut, because he was lame, and +Grandpere because he was Grandpere, and the Twins because it was their +birthday; and everybody else walked. +</P> + +<P> +When they reached the camp, they found Jim and Uncle Sam ready to act +as guard of honor to conduct them to the Commandant, who, with the +Captain beside him, waited to receive them beside the flagstaff at the +reviewing-stand of the parade-ground. It seemed very strange to Pierre +and Pierrette that they should walk before their parents, and even +before the Doctor and Mademoiselle, but Uncle Sam and Jim arranged the +procession, and placed them at its head. So, carrying their bouquet of +flowers, they followed obediently where their escort led. "Now, kids," +said Uncle Sam in a low voice as they neared the reviewing-stand, "walk +right up and mind your manners. Salute and give him the bouquet, and +speak your piece." +</P> + +<P> +"We haven't any piece to speak," quavered Pierrette, very much +frightened, "except to wish him many happy returns of his birthday." +</P> + +<P> +Uncle Sam's eyes twinkled. "That'll do all right," he said; only of +course he said it in French. +</P> + +<P> +The regiment was massed before the reviewing-stand as the little +company came forward to meet their host, and when at last Pierre and +Pierrette stood before the Commandant, with the beautiful flag of +France floating over them, though they had been fearless under +shell-fire, their knees knocked together with fright, and it was in a +very small voice that they said, together, "Bonjour, Monsieur le +Commandant, accept these flowers and our best wishes for many happy +returns of your birthday." +</P> + +<P> +The Commandant took the flowers and smiled down at them. "It is not my +birthday, my little ones," he said gently, "it is the birthday of our +glorious France and of two of her brave soldiers, Pierre and Pierrette +Meraut, as well, and the Foreign Legion is here to celebrate it! Come +up here beside me." He drew them up beside him on the reviewing-stand +and turned their astonished faces toward the regiment. +</P> + +<P> +"Men of the Foreign Legion," he said, "these are the children who +discovered two spies, and by reporting them saved our camp from +probable destruction." Then, turning again to the children, he said: +"By your prompt and intelligent action you have prevented a terrible +catastrophe. In recognition of your services the Foreign Legion desires +to make you honorary members of the regiment, and France is proud to +claim you as her children!" Then he pinned upon their breasts a cockade +of blue, white, and red, the colors of France, and kissed them on both +cheeks, the regiment meanwhile standing at attention. +</P> + +<P> +When he had finished the little ceremony, the men, responding to a +signal from the Captain; burst into a hearty cheer. "Vive Pierre! Vive +Pierrette! Vive tous les Meraut," they cried. +</P> + +<P> +For a moment the Twins stood stunned, petrified with astonishment, +looking at the cheering men and at the proud upturned faces of their +parents and the people of Fontanelle. Then Pierre was suddenly +inspired. He waved his hat in salutation to the flag which, floated +above them and shouted back to the regiment, "Vive la France!" and +Pierrette saluted and kissed her hand. Then the band struck up the +Marseillaise, and everybody sang it at the top of his lungs. +</P> + +<P> +It was a wonderful golden time that followed, for when the children had +thanked the Commandant, all the people of Fontanelle were invited to +sit on the reviewing-stand and watch the regiment go through the +regular drill and extra maneuvers in honor of the day, and when that +was over, the guests were escorted back to the mess tent, and there +they had supper with the men. Moreover, the camp cook had made a +magnificent birthday cake, all decorated with little French flags. It +was cut with the Captain's own sword, and though there wasn't enough +for the whole regiment, every one from Fontanelle had a bite, and +Pierre and Pierrette each had a whole piece. +</P> + +<P> +When the beautiful bright day was over and they were back again in +Fontanelle, the Twins found that even this was not the end of their joy +and good fortune, for Mother Meraut told them that the regiment had put +in her care a sum of money to provide for their education. "Children of +such courage and good sense must be well equipped to serve their +country when they grow up," the Commandant had said, and the men, +responding to his appeal, had put their hands in their pockets and +brought out a sum sufficient to make such equipment possible. +</P> + +<P> +More than that, Uncle Sam and Jim had two small uniforms made for +them,—only Pierrette's had a longer skirt to the coat,—and on parade +days and other great occasions they wore them to the camp, with the +blue, white, and red cockades pinned proudly upon their breasts. +Indeed, they became the friends and pets of the whole regiment, and +were quite as much at home with the soldiers as with the people of +Fontanelle. +</P> + +<P> +Then one day Uncle Sam had a letter from home in which there was +wonderful news. It said that the city of Rheims had been "adopted" by +the great, rich city of Chicago far away across the seas, and that some +happy day when the war should be over and peace come again to the +distracted world, Rheims should rise again from its ashes, rebuilt by +its American friends. +</P> + +<P> +In this hope the Twins still live and work, performing their duties +faithfully each day, like good soldiers, and praying constantly to the +Bon Dieu and their adored Saint Jeanne that the blessings which have +come to them may yet come also to all their beloved France. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="vocabulary"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY +</H3> + +<H4> +KEY +</H4> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ale, care, am, arm, ask; eve, end; menu, ice, ill; old, obey, orb, odd; +food; zh = z in azure; N = the French nasal. ' An apostrophe indicates +a short sounding of the preceding consonant. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +<I>Proper Names</I> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> + Aisne<BR> + Amerique<BR> + Boche<BR> + Charly<BR> + Corbeille<BR> + Coudert<BR> + Fifine<BR> + Jacqueline<BR> + Jacques<BR> + Jeanne d'Arc<BR> + Marseillaise<BR> + Meraut<BR> + Pierre<BR> + Rheims<BR> + Varennes<BR> + Vesle<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +<I>French Words and Phrases</I> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Abbe +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Bon Dieu (Heavenly Father) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Bonjour (Good-day; hello; how do you do?) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +chateau (castle) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +combattre le Boche (fight the Boche) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +grand'mere (grandmother) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +grandpere (grandfather) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +"Les Americains des Etats-Unis, duns l'uniforme de la France. Mais +maintenant nous exterminons le Boche." ("Americans from the United +States, in the uniform of France. Surely now we shall crush out the +Boche.") +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Mille tonneurs! (Great heavens!) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Que voulez-vous? (What do you wish?) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Verger +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Vive (Long live) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Vive la France (Long life to France!) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Vive tous les Meraut (Long life to all the Meraut family.) +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +"Auf Wiedersehen" (German: "Till we meet again," or "Good-bye.") +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +"Lieb' Vaterland, macht ruhig sein" (German national anthem: "Dear +Fatherland, be tranquil.") +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="suggestions"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS +</H3> + +<P> +The French Twins offers a valuable supplement to the study of current +events. In the first place, there is no problem of arousing interest in +the nation which this book represents. France and the French people +have from the outbreak of the Great War compelled new and intense +interest and sympathy from all Americans; and each fresh insight into +the character, life, and ideals of the country is eagerly welcomed. +Moreover, in any class there will be few children who cannot claim +either a relative or a friend who has served in the War; and many, like +Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, will have had soldier fathers, thereby +creating a bond between themselves and the Merauts strong enough to +guarantee the pupils' interest throughout the reading of the book. Like +the other books of the "Twins Series," <I>The French Twins</I> adapts itself +readily to dramatization. +</P> + +<P> +In providing adequate background for the story, the teacher will find +fertile resources in newspapers and magazines. <I>The Red Cross +Magazine</I>, <I>The National Geographic Magazine</I>, the Boy Scout and the +Girl Scout publications, are readily accessible and contain much +valuable supplementary material for classroom use. The Foreign Legion, +the Battles of the Marne, Joffre's visit to the United States, Rheims +Cathedral, important events near the scenes of the story, etc., can be +made clear and real to the children by the aid of maps, illustrations, +and articles in these magazines, and by means of picture post-cards, +and other material from other sources. The story of the founding of the +Red Cross, the origin of its flag, etc., will help to vivify the +incidents connected with this organization. +</P> + +<P> +As for French history, the two focus points are the stoniest of Joan of +Arc and Bastille Day. Both furnish abundance of colorful detail and +incident upon which to build the pupils' conceptions of the spirit and +ideals of the French people. In the case of Bastille Day, correlation +should be made between that day and our own Independence Day, comparing +the French and American Revolutions and indicating the similar +circumstances in the two movements. Lafayette's part in our War of the +Revolution and America's payment of our debt to France in the Great War +form another means of making familiar to the children the story of our +historic friendship with France. +</P> + +<P> +While <I>The French Twins</I> is a war story, soldiers and trenches and +battle-fields are nevertheless not the main features; on the contrary, +<I>The French Twins</I> depicts the necessary part played by women, +children, and old people during the War, and shows how the spirit and +aims of the soldiers' families have been the same as those of the +soldiers themselves. Self-control, endurance, and cheerfulness at home +are proved to be as much a part of true bravery as fearlessness in +battle. Since the soldier's part in the War has been held closely to +everyone's attention, the reading of this story will supply a balancing +view of the other side of war; and the pupils' perspective of the whole +cannot fail to gain in scope. +</P> + +<P> +Books which may be commended to the teacher, for descriptions of +various aspects of the Great War, are: Hay's <I>The First Hundred +Thousand</I>; Nicolas's <I>Campaign Diary of a French Officer</I>; Aldrich's <I>A +Hilltop on the Marne</I>; Hall's <I>High Adventure</I> and <I>Kitcheners Mob</I>; +Buswell's <I>Ambulance No. 10</I>; Haigh's <I>Life in a Tank</I>; Stevenson's +<I>From "Poilu" to "Yank"</I>; two anonymous books, <I>The Retreat from Mons</I> +and <I>Friends of France</I>; Paine's <I>The Fighting Fleets</I>; and Root and +Crocker's <I>Over Periscope Pond</I>. +</P> + +<P> +For children's reading, we suggest Mrs. Perkins's <I>The Belgian Twins</I>, +Sara Cone Bryant's <I>I am an American</I>, Thwaites and Kendall's <I>History +of the United States</I>, Tappan's <I>Little Book of the War</I>, and such +compilations as <I>Stories of Patriotism</I> and <I>The Patriotic Reader</I>. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The French Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRENCH TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 4091-h.htm or 4091-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/9/4091/ + +Produced by Lynn Hill. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> + + diff --git a/4091.txt b/4091.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533fb29 --- /dev/null +++ b/4091.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3201 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The French Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The French Twins + +Author: Lucy Fitch Perkins + +Posting Date: July 4, 2009 [EBook #4091] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: November 21, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRENCH TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Lynn Hill. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + +To all friends of the brave children of France + + +Map of the Voyage + + +THE FRENCH TWINS + + +by + +Lucy Fitch Perkins + + + + +CONTENTS + + I. THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE + II. ON THE WAY HOME + III. THE COMING OF THE GERMANS + IV. THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH + V. AT MADAME COUDERT'S + VI. THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL + VII. HOME AGAIN + VIII. REFUGEES + IX. THE FOREIGN LEGION + X. FONTANELLE + XI. A SURPRISE + XII. MORNING IN THE MEADOW + XIII. CHILDREN OF THE LEGION + + + +I. THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE + +The sunlight of the clear September afternoon shone across the roofs of +the City of Rheims, and fell in a yellow flood upon the towers of the +most beautiful cathedral in the world, turning them into two shining +golden pillars against the deep blue of the eastern sky. + +The streets below were already in shadow, but the sunshine still poured +through the great rose window above the western portal, lighting the +dim interior of the church with long shafts of brilliant reds, blues, +and greens, and falling at last in a shower of broken color upon the +steps of the high altar. Somewhere in the mysterious shadows an unseen +musician touched the keys of the great organ, and the voice of the +Cathedral throbbed through its echoing aisles in tremulous waves of +sound. Above the deep tones of the bass notes a delicate melody +floated, like a lark singing above the surf. + +Though the great church seemed empty but for sound and color, there +lingered among its shadows a few persons who loved it well. There were +priests and a few worshipers. There was also Father Varennes, the +Verger, and far away in one of the small chapels opening from the apse +in the eastern end good Mother Meraut was down upon her knees, not +praying as you might suppose, but scrubbing the stone floor. Mother +Meraut was a wise woman; she knew when to pray and when to scrub, and +upon occasion did both with equal energy to the glory of God and the +service of his Church. Today it was her task to make the little chapel +clean and sweet, for was not the Abbe coming to examine the +Confirmation Class in its catechism, and were not her own two children, +Pierre and Pierette, in the class? In time to the heart-beats of the +organ, Mother Meraut swept her brush back and forth, and it was already +near the hour for the class to assemble when at last she set aside her +scrubbing-pail, wiped her hands upon her apron, and began to dust the +chairs which had been standing outside the arched entrance, and to +place them in orderly rows within the chapel. + +She had nearly completed her task, when there was a tap-tapping upon +the stone floor, and down the long aisle, leaning upon his crutch, came +Father Varennes. He stopped near the chapel and watched her as she +whisked the last chair into place and then paused with her hands upon +her hips to make a final inspection of her work. + +"Bonjour, Antoinette," said the Verger. + +Mother Meraut turned her round, cheerful face toward him. "Ah, it is +you, Henri," she cried, "come, no doubt, to see if the chapel is clean +enough for the Abbe! Well, behold." + +The Verger peered through the arched opening, and sniffed the wet, +soapy smell which pervaded the air. "One might even eat from your clean +floor, Antoinette," he said, smiling, "and taste nothing worse with his +food than a bit of soap. Truly the chapel is as clean as a shriven +soul." + +"It's a bold bit of dirt that would try to stand out against me," +declared Mother Meraut, with a flourish of her dust-cloth, "for when I +go after it I think to myself, 'Ah, if I but had one of those +detestable Germans by the nose, how I would grind it!' and the very +thought brings such power to my elbow that I check myself lest I wear +through the stones of the floor." + +The Verger laughed, then shook his head. "Truly, Antoinette," he said, +"I believe you could seize your husband's gun if he were to fall, and +fill his place in the Army as well as you fill his place here in the +Cathedral, doing a man's work with a woman's strength, and smiling as +if it were but play! Our France can never despair while there are women +like you." + +"My Jacques shall carry his own gun," said Mother Meraut, stoutly, "and +bring it home with him when the war is over, if God wills, and may it +be soon! Meanwhile I will help to keep our holy Cathedral clean as he +used to do. It is not easy work, but one must do what one can, and +surely it is better to do it with smiles than with tears!" + +The Verger nodded. "That is true," he said, "yet it is hard to smile in +the face of sorrow." + +"But we must smile--though our hearts break--for France, and for our +children, lest they forget joy!" cried Mother Meraut. She smiled as she +spoke, though her lip trembled "I will you the truth, Henri, sometimes +when I think of what the Germans have already done in Belgium, and may +yet do in France, I feel my heart breaking in my bosom. And then I say +to myself, 'Courage, Antoinette! It is our business to live bravely for +the France that is to be when this madness is over. Our armies are +still between us and the Boche. It is not time to be afraid.'" + +"And I tell you, they shall not pass," cried Father Varennes, striking +his crutch angrily upon the stone floor. "The brave soldiers of France +will not permit it! Oh, if I could but carry a gun instead of this!" He +rattled his crutch despairingly as he spoke. + +Mother Meraut sighed. "Though I am a woman, I too wish I might fight +the invaders," she said, "but since I may not carry a gun, I will put +all the more energy into my broom and sweep the dirt from the Cathedral +as I would sweep the Germans back to the Rhine if I could." + +"It is, indeed, the only way for women, children, and such as I," +grieved the Verger. + +"Tut, tut," answered Mother Meraut cheerfully, "it isn't given us to +choose our service. If God had wanted us to fight he would have given +us power to do it." + +The Verger shook his head. "I wish I were sure of that," he said, "for +there's going to be need for all the fighting blood in France if half +one hears is true. They say now that the Germans are already far over +the French border and that our Army is retreating before them. The +roads are more than ever crowded with refugees, and the word they bring +is that the Germans have already reached the valley of the Aisne." + +"But that is at our very doors!" cried Mother Meraut. "It is absurd, +that rumor. Chicken hearts! They listen to nothing but their fears. As +for me, I will not believe it until I must. I will trust in the Army as +I do in my God and the holy Saints." + +"Amen," responded the Verger devoutly. + +At this moment the great western portal swung on its hinges, a patch of +light showed itself against the gloom of the interior of the Cathedral, +and the sound of footsteps and of fresh young voices mingled with the +tones of the organ. + +"It's the children, bless their innocent hearts," said Mother Meraut. +"I hear the voices of my Pierre and Pierrette." + +"And I of my Jean," said the Verger, starting hastily down the aisle. +"The little magpies forget they must be quiet in the House of God!" He +shook his finger at them and laid it warningly upon his lips. The noise +instantly subsided, and it was a silent and demure little company that +tiptoed up the aisle, bent the knee before the altar, and then filed +past Mother Meraut into the chapel which she had made so clean. + +Pierre and Pierrette led the procession, and Mother Meraut beamed with +pride as they blew her a kiss in passing. They were children that any +mother might be proud of. Pierrette had black, curling hair and blue +eyes with long black lashes, and Pierre was a straight, tall, and +manly-looking boy. The Twins were nine years old. + +Mother Meraut knew many of the children in the Confirmation Class, for +they were all schoolmates and companions of Pierre and Pierrette. There +was Paul, the sore of the inn-keeper, with Marie, his sister. There was +Victor, whose father rang the Cathedral chimes. There were David and +Genevieve, and Madeleine and Virginie and Etienne, and last of all +there was jean, the Verger's son--little Jean, the youngest in the +class. Mother Meraut nodded to them all as they passed. + +Promptly on the first stroke of the hour the Abbe appeared in the north +transept of the Cathedral and made his way with quick, decided steps +toward the chapel. He was a young man with thick dark hair almost +concealed beneath his black three-cornered cap, and as he walked, his +long black soutane swung about him in vigorous folds. When he appeared +in the door of the chapel the class rose politely to greet him. +"Bonjour, my children," said the Abbe, and then, turning his back upon +them, bowed before the crucifix upon the chapel altar. + +Mother Meraut and the Verger slipped quietly away to their work in +other portions of the church, and the examination began. First the Abby +asked the children to recite the Lord's Prayer, the Creed, and the Ten +Commandments in unison, and when they had done this without a mistake, +he said "Bravo! Now I wonder if you can each do as well alone? Let me +see, I will call upon--" He paused and looked about as if he were +searching for the child who was most likely to do it well. + +Three girls--Genevieve, Virginie, and Pierrette--raised their hands and +waved them frantically in the air, but, curiously enough, the Abbe did +not seem to see them. Instead his glance fell upon Pierre, who was +gazing thoughtfully at the vaulted ceiling and hoping with all his +heart that the Abbe would not call upon him. "Pierre!" he said, and any +one looking at him very closely might have seen a twinkle in his eye as +Pierre withdrew his gaze from the ceiling and struggled reluctantly to +his feet. "You may recite the Ten Commandments." + +Pierre began quite glibly, "Thou shalt have no other gods before me," +and went on, with only two mistakes and one long wait, until he had +reached the fifth. "Thou shalt not kill," he recited, and then to save +his life he could not think what came next. He gazed imploringly at the +ceiling again, and at the high stained-glass window, but they told him +nothing. He kicked backward gently, hoping that Pierrette, who sat +next, would prompt him, but she too failed to respond. "I'll ask a +question," thought Pierre desperately, "and while the Abbe is answering +maybe it will come to me." Aloud he said: "If you please, your +reverence, I don't understand about that commandment. It says, 'Thou +shalt not kill,' and yet our soldiers have gone to war on purpose to +kill Germans, and the priests blessed them as they marched away!" + +This was indeed a question! The class gasped with astonishment at +Pierre's boldness in asking it. The Abbe paused a moment before +answering. Then he said, "If you, Pierre, were to shoot a man in the +street in order to take his purse, would that be wrong?" + +"Yes," answered the whole class. + +"Very well," said the Abbe, "so it would. But if you should see a +murderer attack your mother or your sister, and you should kill him +before he could carry out his wicked purpose, would that be just the +same thing?" + +"No," wavered the class, a little doubtfully. + +"If instead of defending your mother or sister you were simply to stand +aside and let the murderer kill them both, you would really be helping +the murderer, would you not? It is like that today in France. An enemy +is upon us who seeks to kill us so that he may rob us of our beautiful +home land. God sees our hearts. He knows that the soldiers of France go +forth not to kill Germans but to save France! not wantonly to take +life, but because it is the only way to save lives for which they +themselves are ready to die. Ah, my children, it is one thing to kill +as a murderer kills; it is quite another to be willing to die that +others may live! Our Blessed Lord--" + +The Abbe lifted his hand to make the sign of the Cross--but it was +stayed in mid-air. The sentence he had begun was never finished, for at +that moment the great bell in the Cathedral tower began to ring. It was +not the clock striking the hour; it was not the chimes calling the +people to prayer. Instead, it was the terrible sound of the alarm bell +ringing out a warning to the people of Rheims that the Germans were at +their doors. + +Wide-eyed with terror, the children sprang from their seats, but the +Abbe, with hand uplifted, blocked the entrance and commanded them to +stay where they were. + +"Let no one leave the Cathedral," he cried. + +At this instant Mother Meraut appeared upon the threshold searching for +her children, and behind her, coming as fast as his lameness would +permit, came the Verger. The Abbe turned to them. "I leave these +children all in your care," he said. "Stay with them until I return." + +And without another word he disappeared in the shadows. + +Mother Meraut sat down on one of the chairs she had dusted so +carefully, and gathered the frightened children about her as a hen +gathers her chickens under her wing. "There, now," she said cheerfully, +as she wiped their tears upon the corner of her apron, "let's save our +tears until we really know what we have to cry for. There never yet was +misery that couldn't be made worse by crying, anyway. The boys will be +brave, of course, whatever happens. And the girls--surely they will +remember that it was a girl who once saved France, and meet misfortune +bravely, like our blessed Saint Jeanne d'Arc." + +The Cathedral organ had ceased to fill the great edifice with sweet and +inspiring sounds. Instead, there now was only the muffled tread of +marching feet, the rumble of heavy wheels, and the low, ominous beating +of drums to break the stillness. + +Mother Meraut and the children waited obediently in the chapel, +scarcely breathing in their suspense, while Father Varennes went +tap-tapping up and down the aisles eagerly watching for the Abbe to +reappear. At last he came. Mother Meraut, the Verger, and the children +all crowded about him, waiting breathlessly for him to speak. + +The Abbe was pale, but his voice was firm. "I have been to the north +tower," he said, "and there I could see for miles in every direction. +Far away to the east and north are massed the hordes of the German +Army; they are coming toward Rheims as a thunder-cloud comes rolling +over the sky. Between us and them is our Army, but alas, their faces +are turned this way. They are retreating before the German hosts! +Already French troops are marching through Rheims; already the streets +are filled with people who are fleeing from their homes for fear of the +Boche. Unless God sends a miracle, our City is indeed doomed, for a +time at least, to wear the German yoke." + +He paused, and the children burst into wild weeping. Mother Meraut +hushed them with comforting words. "Do not cry, my darlings," she said. +"God is not dead, and we shall yet live to see justice done and our +dear land restored to us. The soldiers now in the streets are all our +own brave defenders. We shall be able to go in safety, even though in +sorrow, to our homes." + +"Come," said the Abbe, "there is no time to lose. Our Army will, +without doubt, make a stand on the plains west of the City, and it will +not be long before the Germans pass through. You must go to your homes +as fast as possible. Henri, you remain here with your Jean, that you +may meet any of the parents who come for their children. Tell them I +have gone with them myself and will deliver each child safely at his +own door." + +"I can take cart of my own," said Mother Meraut. "You need have no fear +for us." + +"Very well," said the Abbe, and, calling the rest of the children about +him, he marched them down the aisle and out into the street. + +Mother Meraut followed with Pierre and Pierrette. At the door they +paused and stood for a moment under the great sculptured arches to +survey the scene before them. The great square before the Cathedral was +filled with people, some weeping, others standing about as if dazed by +sorrow. Between the silent crowds which lined the sidewalks passed the +soldiers, grim and with set faces, keeping time to the throbbing of the +drums as they marched. Above the scene, in the center of the square, +towered the beautiful statue of Jeanne d'Arc, mounted upon her charger +and lifting her sword toward the sky. + +"Ah," murmured Mother Meraut to herself, "our blessed Maid still keeps +guard above the City!" She lifted her clasped hands toward the statue. +"Blessed Saint Jeanne," she prayed, "hear us in Paradise, and come once +more to save our beautiful France!" + +Then, waving a farewell to the Verger and Jean, who had followed them +to the door, she took her children by the hand and plunged with them +into the sad and silent crowd. + + + +II. ON THE WAY HOME + +For some time after leaving the Cathedral, Mother Meraut and the Twins +lingered in the streets, forgetful of everything but the retreating +Army and the coming invasion. Everywhere there were crowds surging to +and fro. Some were hastening to close their places of business and put +up their shutters before the Germans should arrive. Some were hurrying +through the streets carrying babies and bundles. Others were wheeling +their few belongings upon barrows or in baby-carriages. Still others +flew by on bicycles with packages of clothing fastened to the +handle-bars; and there were many automobiles loaded to the brim with +household goods and fleeing families. + +Doors were flung open and left swinging on their hinges as people +escaped, scarcely looking behind them as they fled. These were refugees +from Rheims itself. There were many others wearily plodding through the +City, people who had come from Belgium and the border towns of France. +Some who had come from farms drove pitiful cattle before them, and some +journeyed in farm wagons, with babies and old people, chickens, dogs, +and household goods mixed in a heap upon beds of straw. In all the City +there was not a cheerful sight, and everywhere, above all other sounds, +were heard the rumble of wheels, the sharp clap-clap of horses' hoofs +upon the pavement, and the steady beat of marching feet. + +At last, weary and heartsick, the three wanderers turned into a side +street and stepped into a little shop where food was sold. "We must +have some supper," said Mother Meraut to the Twins, "Germans or no +Germans! One cannot carry a stout heart above an empty stomach! And if +it is to be our last meal in French Rheims, let us at least make it a +good one!" Though there was a catch in her voice, she smiled almost +gaily as she spoke. "Who knows?" she went on. "Perhaps after to-morrow +we shall be able to get nothing but sauerkraut and sausage!" + +The shop was not far from the little home of the Merauts, and they +often bought things of stout Madame Coudert, whose round face with its +round spectacles rose above the counter like a full moon from behind a +cloud. "Ah, mon amie," said Mother Meraut as she entered the shop, "it +is good to see you sitting in your place and not running away like a +hare before the hounds!" + +Madame Coudert shrugged her shoulders. "But of what use is it to run +when one has no place to run to?" she demanded. "As for me, I stay by +the shop and die at least respectably among my own cakes and pies. To +run through the country and die at last in a ditch--it would not suit +me at all!" + +"Bravo," cried Mother Meraut triumphantly. "Just my own idea! My +children and I will remain in our home and take what comes, rather than +leap from the frying-pan into the fire as so many are doing. If every +one runs away, there will be no Rheims at all." Then to Pierre and +Pierrette she said "Choose, each of you. What shall we buy for our +supper?" + +Pierre pointed a grimy finger at a small cake with pink frosting. +"That," he said briefly. + +His mother smiled. "Ah, Pierre, that sweet-tooth of yours!" she cried. +"Like Marie Antoinette you think if one lacks bread one may eat cakes! +And now it is Pierrette's turn; only be quick, ma mie, for it is +already late." + +"Eggs," said Pierrette promptly, "for one of your savory omelets, +mamma, and a bit of cheese." + +The purchases were quickly made, and, having said good-night to Madame +Coudert, they hurried on to the little house in the Rue Charly where +they lived. When they reached home, it was already quite dark. Mother +Meraut hastened up the steps and unlocked the door, and in less time +than it takes to tell it her bonnet was off, the fire was burning, and +the omelet was cooking on the stove. + +Pierrette set the table. "I'm going to place father's chair too," she +said to her mother. "He is no doubt thinking of us as we are of him, +and it will make him stem nearer." + +Mother Meraut nodded her head without speaking, and wiped her eyes on +her apron as she slid the omelet on to a hot plate. Then she seated +herself opposite the empty chair and with a steady voice prayed for a +blessing upon the food and upon the Armies of France. + +When they had finished supper, cleared it away, and put the kitchen in +order, Mother Meraut pointed to the clock. "Voila!" she cried, "hours +past your bedtime, and here you are still flapping about like two young +owls! To bed with you as fast as you can go." + +"But, Mother," began Pierre. + +"Not a single 'but,'" answered his Mother, wagging her finger at him. +"Va!" + +The children knew protest was useless, and in a few minutes they were +snugly tucked away. Long after they were both sound asleep, their +Mother sat with her head bowed upon the table, listening, listening to +the distant sound of marching feet. At last, worn out with grief and +anxiety, she too undressed, said her rosary, and, after a long look at +her sleeping children, blew out the candle and crept into bed beside +Pierrette. + +Silence and darkness settled down upon the little household, and, for a +time at least, their sorrows were forgotten in the blessed oblivion of +sleep. + + + +III. THE COMING OF THE GERMANS + +When the Twins opened their eyes the next morning, the first thing they +saw was the sun shining in at the eastern window of the kitchen, and +Mother Meraut bending over the fire. There was a smell of chocolate in +the air, and on the table there were rolls and butter. Pierre yawned +and rubbed his eyes. Pierrette sat up and tried to think what it was +she was so unhappy about; sleep had, for the time being, swept the +terrors of the night quite out of her mind. In an instant more the +fearful truth rolled over her like a wave, and she sank back upon the +pillow with a little moan. + +Her Mother heard and understood. She too had waked from sleep to +sorrow, but she only cried out cheerfully, "Bonjour, my sleepy heads! +Last night you did not want to go to your beds at all. This morning you +wish not to leave them! Hop into your clothes as fast as you can, or we +shall be late." + +"Late where?" asked Pierre. + +"To my work at the Cathedral, to be sure," answered Mother Meraut +promptly. "Where else? Did you think the Germans would make me sit at +home and cry for terror while my work waits? Whoever rules in Rheims, +the Cathedral still stands and must be kept clean." + +It was wonderful how the dismal world brightened to Pierre and +Pierrette as they heard their Mother's brave voice. They flew out of +bed at once and were dressed in a twinkling. + +While they ate their breakfast, Pierre thought of a plan. "We ought to +take a lot of food with us to-day," he said to his Mother. "There's no +telling what may happen before night. Maybe we can't get home at all +and shall have to sleep in the Cathedral." + +"Oh," shuddered Pierrette, "among all those tombs?" + +"There are worse places where one might sleep," said the Mother. "The +dead are less to be feared than the living, and the Cathedral is the +safest place in Rheims." She brought out a wicker basket and began to +pack it with food as she talked. First she put in two pots of jam. +"There," said she, "that's the jam Grandmother made from her +gooseberries at the farm." + +She paused, struck by a new alarm. Her father and mother lived in a +tiny village far west of Rheims. What if the Germans should succeed in +getting so far as that? What would become of them? She shut her fears +in her breast, saying nothing to the children, and went on filling the +basket. "Here is a bit of cheese left from last night. I'll put that +in, and a pat of butter," she said; "but we must stop at Madame +Coudert's for more bread. You two little pigs have eaten every scrap +there was in the house." + +"There are eggs left," suggested Pierrette. + +"So there are, ma mie," said her Mother. "We will boil them all and +take them with us. There's a great deal of nourishment in eggs." She +flew to get the saucepan, and while the eggs bubbled and boiled on the +stove, she and the children set the little kitchen in order and got +themselves ready for the street. + +It was after nine o'clock when at last Mother Meraut took the basket on +her arm and gave Pierrette her knitting to carry, and the three started +down the steps. + +"Everything looks just the same as it did yesterday," said Pierrette as +they walked down the street. "There's that little raveled-out dog that +always barks at Pierre, and there's Madame Coudert's cat asleep on the +railing, just as she always is." + +"Yes," said Mother Meraut, with a sigh, "the cats and dogs are the +same, it is only the people who are different!" + +They entered the shop and exchanged greetings with Madame Coudert. They +had bought a long loaf of bread, and Mother Meraut was just opening her +purse to pay for it, when suddenly a shot rang out. It was followed by +the rattle of falling tiles. Another and another came, and soon there +was a perfect rain of shot and shell. + +"It is the Germans knocking at the door of Rheims before they enter," +remarked Madame Coudert with grim humor. "I did not expect so much +politeness!" + +Mother Meraut did not reply. For once her cheerful tongue found nothing +comforting to say. Pierre clung to her arm, and Pierrette put her +fingers in her ears and hid her face against her Mother's breast. + +For some time the deafening sounds continued. From the window they +could see people running for shelter in every direction. A man came +dashing down the street; dodging falling tiles as he ran, and burst +into Madame Coudert's shop. He had just come from the Rue Colbert and +had news to tell. "The Boches have sent an emissary to the Mayor to +demand huge supplies of provisions from the City, and a great sum of +money besides," he told them, as he gasped for breath. "They are +shelling the champagne cellars and the public buildings of the City to +scare us into giving them what they demand. The German Army will soon +be here." + +In a few moments there was a lull in the roar of the guns, and then in +the distance another sound was heard. It was a mighty song of triumph +as the conquerors came marching into Rheims! + +"There won't be any more shooting for a while anyway," said the +stranger, who had now recovered his breath. "They won't shell the City +while it's full of their own men. I'm going to see them come in." + +All Pierre's fears vanished in an instant. "Come on," he cried, wild +with excitement; "let us go too." + +"I'll not stir a foot from my shop," said Madame Coudert firmly. "I +don't want to see the Germans, and if they want to see me, they can +come where I am." + +But Pierre had not waited for a reply, from her or any one else. He was +already running up the street. + +"Catch him, catch him," gasped Mother Meraut. + +Pierrette dashed after Pierre, and as she could run like the wind, she +soon caught up with him and seized him by the skirt of his blouse. +"Stop! stop!" she screamed. "Mother doesn't want you to go." + +But she might as well have tried to argue with a hurricane. Pierre +danced up and down with rage, as Pierrette braced herself, and firmly +anchored him by his blouse. "Leggo, leggo!" he shrieked. "I'm going, I +tell you! I'm not afraid of any Germans alive." + +Just then, panting and breathless, Mother Meraut arrived upon the +scene. While Pierrette held on to his blouse, she attached herself to +his left ear. It had a very calming effect upon Pierre. He stopped +tugging to get away lest he lose his ear. + +"Foolish boy," said his Mother, "see how much trouble you give me! You +shall see the Germans, but you shall not run away from me. If we should +get separated, God only knows whether we should ever find each other +again." + +The music had grown louder and louder, and was now very near. "I'll +stay with you, if you'll only go," pleaded Pierre, "but you aren't even +moving." + +"Come, Pierrette," said his Mother, "take hold of his left arm. I will +attend to his right; he might forget again. What he really needs is a +bit and bridle!" + +The three moved up the street, Pierre chafing inwardly, but helpless in +his Mother's grasp, and at the next crossing the great spectacle burst +upon them. A whole regiment of cavalry was passing, singing at the top +of their lungs, "Lieb' Vaterland, macht ruhig sein." The sun glistened +on their helmets, and the clanking of swords and the jingling of spurs +kept time with the swelling chorus. After the cavalry came soldiers on +foot--miles of them. + +"Oh," murmured Pierrette, clinging to her Mother, "it's like a river of +men!" + +Her Mother did not answer. Pierrette looked up into her face. The tears +were streaming down her cheeks, but her head was proudly erect. She +looked at the other French people about them. There were tears on many +cheeks, but not a head was bowed. Pierre was glaring at the troops and +muttering through his teeth: "Just you wait till I grow up! I'll make +you pay for this, you pirates! I'll--" + +"Hush!" whispered Pierrette. "Suppose they should hear you!" + +"I don't care if they do! I wish they would!" raged Pierre. "I'm +going--" + +But the German Army was destined not to suffer the consequences of +Pierre's wrath. He did not even have a chance to tell Pierrette his +plan for their destruction, for at this point his Mother, unable longer +to endure the sight, dragged him forcibly from the scene. "They shall +not parade their colors before me," she said firmly, "I will not stand +still and look in silence upon my conquerors! If I could but face them +with a gun, that would be different!" + +She led the children through a maze of small streets by a roundabout +way to the Cathedral, and there they were met at the entrance by the +Verger, who gazed at them with sad surprise. "You've been out in the +street during the bombardment," he said reproachfully. "It's just like +you, Antoinette." + +"Oh, but how was I to know it was coming?" cried Mother Meraut. "We +left home before it began!" + +"It would have been just the same if you had known," scolded the +Verger. "Germans or devils--it would make no difference to you! You +have no fear in you." + +"You misjudge me," cried Mother Meraut; "but what good would it do to +sit and quake in my own house? There is no safety anywhere, and here at +least there is work to do." + +"You can go about your work as usual with the noise of guns ringing in +your ears and the Germans marching through Rheims?" exclaimed the +Verger. + +"Why not?" answered Mother Meraut, with spirit. "I guess our soldiers +don't knock off work every time a gun goes off or a few Germans come in +sight! It would be a shame if we could not follow their example!" + +"Antoinette, you are a wonderful woman. I have always said so," +declared the Verger solemnly. "You are as brave as a man!" + +"Pooh!" said Mother Meraut, mockingly. "As if the men, bless their +hearts, were so much braver than women, anyway! Oh, la! la! the conceit +of you!" She wagged a derisive finger at the Verger, and, calling the +children, went to get her scrubbing-pail and brushes. + +All day long, while distant guns roared, she went about her daily +tasks, keeping one spot of order and cleanliness in the midst of the +confusion, disorder, and destruction of the invaded city. The Twins +were busy, too; their Mother saw to that. They dusted chairs and placed +them in rows; and at noon they found a corner where the light falling +through one of the beautiful stained-glass windows made a spot of +cheerful color in the gloom, and there they ate part of the lunch which +they had packed in the wicker basket. During all the excitement of the +morning they had not forgotten the lunch! + +When the day's work was done, they ventured out upon the streets in the +gathering dusk. They found them full of German soldiers, drinking, +swaggering, singing, and they saw many strange and terrifying sights in +the havoc wrought by the first bombardment. As they passed the door of +Madame Coudert's shop, they peeped in and saw her sitting stolidly +behind the counter, knitting. + +"Oh," said Pierrette, "doesn't it seem like a year since we were here +this morning?" + +Mother Meraut called out a cheerful greeting to Madame Coudert. "Still +in your place, I see," she said. + +"Like the Pyramids," came the calm answer; and, cheered by her +fortitude, they hurried on their way to the little house in the Rue +Charly. + +Mother Meraut sighed with relief as she unlocked the door. "Everything +just as we left it," she said. "We at least shall have one more night +in our own home." Then she drew the children into the shelter of the +dear, familiar roof and locked the door from the inside. + + + +IV. THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH + +One unhappy day followed upon another for the inhabitants of Rheims. +Each night they went to bed in terror; each morning they rose to face +new trials and dangers. Yet their spirit did not fail. Each day the +roar of guns toward the west grew fainter and more distant, and the +people knew with sinking hearts that the Germans had driven the Armies +of France farther and farther back toward Paris. Each day the conduct +of the conquerors grew more arrogant. "Our Emperor will soon be in +Paris!" they said. + +On the public monuments and in the squares of the City appeared German +proclamations printed upon green paper, warning the people of Rheims of +terrible punishments which would befall them if they in any way +rebelled against the will of the victorious invaders. It was only with +great difficulty that Pierre could be dragged by these signs. Each +morning as they went to the Cathedral they had to pass several of them, +and Pierrette and her Mother soon learned to take precautions against +an outburst of rage which might bring down upon his rash head the wrath +of the enemy. The eye of the Germans seemed everywhere. One of these +posters was fixed to the window of Madame Coudert's shop. On the +morning that it first appeared, Pierre in passing made a dash for the +gutter, picked up a handful of mud, and threw it squarely into the +middle of the poster. + +Madame Coudert saw him, and winked solemnly, but did not move. His +Mother instantly collared Pierre, and led him up a side street just in +time to escape the clutches of a German officer who had seen him a +block away, and came on the run after him. When, puffing and blowing, +he at last reached the shop there was no one in sight except Madame +Coudert behind her counter. The enraged officer pointed out the insult +that had been offered his country. + +Madame Coudert looked surprised and concerned. She followed the officer +to the door, and gazed at the disfigured poster. "I will clean it at +once," she said obligingly. She got out soap and a brush immediately, +and when she had finished, her work had been so thoroughly done that +not a spot of mud was left, but unfortunately the center of the poster +was rubbed through and quite illegible, and the rest of it was all +streaked and stained! "Will that do?" she asked the officer, looking at +him with round, innocent eyes and so evident a desire to please that, +in spite of an uneasy suspicion, he merely grunted and went his way. + +The first time they came into the shop after this episode Madame +Coudert gave Pierre a cake with pink frosting on it. + +In this way a whole week dragged itself by, and, on the morning of the +eighth day after the German entry into Rheims, Mother Meraut and the +Twins left home earlier than usual in order to reach the Cathedral +before the bombardment, which they had learned daily to expect, should +begin. They found Madame Coudert in front of her shop; washing the +window. A large corner of the poster was now gone. "It rained last +night," she said to Mother Meraut, "and the green color ran down on my +window. I had to wash it, and accidentally I rubbed off a corner of the +poster. It can't be very good paper." She looked solemnly at Pierre. +"Too bad, isn't it?" she said, and closed one eye behind her round +spectacles. + +"The weather seems to have damaged a good many of them, I notice," +answered Mother Meraut, with just a suspicion of a smile. "The weather +has been quite pleasant too,--strange!" + +"Weather--nothing!" said Pierre, scornfully. "I'll bet you that--" + +It seemed as if Pierre was always being interrupted at just the most +exciting moment of his remarks, but this time he interrupted himself. +"What's that?" he said, stopping short. Madame Coudert, his Mother, and +Pierrette, all stood perfectly still, their eyes wide, their lips +parted, listening, listening! They heard cannon-shots, then +music--toward the west--coming nearer--nearer. + +"It is--oh, it is the Marseillaise!" shrieked Pierrette. + +Mother Meraut and the Twins ran toward the sound. Now shouts were +heard--joyous shouts--from French throats! Never had they heard such a +sound! People came tumbling out of their houses, some not fully +dressed--but who cared? The French were returning victorious from the +battle of the Marne. They were coming again into Rheims, driving the +Germans before them! Ah, but when the red trousers actually appeared in +the streets the populace went mad with joy! They embraced the soldiers; +they marched beside them with tears streaming down their cheeks, +singing "March on! March on!" as though they would split their throats. +Pierre and Pierrette marched and sang with the others, their Mother +close beside them. + +On and on came the singing, joy-maddened people, right past Madame +Coudert's shop, and there, standing on the curb, with a tray in her +arms piled high with goodies, was Madame Coudert herself. The green +poster was already torn in shreds and lying in the gutter. It even +looked as if some one had stamped on it, and above her door waved the +tricolor of France! "Come here," she cried to Pierre and Pierrette, +"Quick! Hand these out to the soldiers as long as there's one left!" + +Pierre seized a pink frosted cake, and ran with it to a Captain. +Pierrette gave a sugar roll to the first soldier she could reach; other +hands helped. Mother Meraut ran into the shop and brought out more +cakes. Shop-keepers all along the way followed Madame Coudert's +example, and soon people everywhere were bringing offerings of candy, +chocolate, and cigars to the soldiers, and the streets suddenly +blossomed with blue, white, and red flags. At the corner, near Madame +Coudert's shop, Pierre had the joy of seeing the German officer who had +tried to catch him surrender to the Captain who had taken the pink +cake. Oh, what a moment that was for Pierre! He sprang into the gutter +as the German passed and savagely jumped up and down upon the fragments +of the green poster! It was a matter for bitter regret to him long +after that the German did not seem to notice him. + +The whole morning passed in such joy and excitement that it was nearly +noon when at last Mother Meraut, beaming with happiness, and +accompanied by a radiant Pierre and Pierrette, entered the Cathedral. +They were astonished to find it no longer the silent and dim sanctuary +to which they were accustomed. The Abbe' was there, and the Verger, +looking quite distracted, was directing a group of men in moving the +praying-chairs from the western end of the Cathedral, and the space +where they had been was already covered with heaps of straw. Under the +great choir at the western end there were piles of broken glass. Part +of the wonderful rose window had been shattered by a shell, and lay in +a million fragments on the stone floor. + +Mother Meraut clasped her hands in dismay. "What does it all mean?" she +demanded of the Verger, as he went tap-tapping by after the workmen. +"What do you wish me to do?" + +"Gather up every fragment of glass," said the Verger briefly, "and put +them in a safe place. The wounded are on the way, and are to be housed +in the Cathedral. We must be ready for them. There is no time to lose." + +As Mother Meraut flew to carry out his directions, the Abbe' beckoned +to the children. "Can you be trusted to do an errand for me?" he said. + +"Yes, Your Reverence," answered Pierre. + +"Very well," said the Abbe. "I want you to get for the towers two Red +Cross flags. They must be the largest size, and we must have them soon. +The wounded may arrive at any moment now, and the Red Cross will +protect the Cathedral from shell-fire, for not even Germans would +destroy a hospital." He gave them careful directions, and a note for +the shop-keeper. "Now run along, both of you," he said. "Tell your +Mother where you are going, and that I sent you." + +In two minutes the Twins were on their way, but it was more than an +hour before they got back. First, the shop-keeper was out, and when he +got back it took him some time to find large enough flags. At last, +however, they returned, each carrying one done up in a paper parcel. + +"Here are the flags," Pierre announced proudly to the Verger, who met +them at the entrance. + +"Yes," said Father Varennes, "here they are, and here you are. Come in, +your Mother wants to see you." The children followed him through the +door, and although they had been told that the wounded were to be +brought to the Cathedral, they were not prepared for the sight that met +their eyes as they entered. On the heaps of straw lay tossing moaning +men, in the gray uniforms of the German army. + +Pierrette seized Pierre's hand. "Oh," she shuddered, "I didn't think +they'd be Germans!" + +"They aren't--all of them," said the Verger, a little huskily. "Some of +them are French. The Church shelters them all." + +Doctors in white aprons were already in attendance upon the wounded, +and nurses with red crosses on the sleeves of their white uniforms +flitted silently back and forth on errands of mercy. The two children, +clinging to each other and gazing fearfully about them, followed the +Verger down the aisle. As they passed a heap of straw upon which a +wounded German lay, something bright rolled from it to them and dropped +at Pierrette's feet. Pierre sprang to pick it up. It was a German +helmet. Across the front of it were letters. Pierre spelled them--"Gott +mit uns." "What does that mean?" he asked the Verger. + +"God with us," snorted Father Varennes. "I suppose the poor wretches +actually believe He is." + +The Abbe' was waiting for them in the aisle, and he took from them the +flags and the helmet. He had heard the Verger's reply, and guessed what +the question must have been. "My boy," he said, laying his hand gently +upon Pierre's head for an instant, "God is not far from any of his +children. It is they who, through sin, separate themselves from Him! +But never mind theology now. Your Mother is waiting for you. I will +take you to her." + +The Twins thought it strange that the Abbe' should himself guide them +to their Mother. They followed his broad back and swinging black +soutane to the farthest corner of the hospital space. There, beside a +mound of straw upon which was stretched a wounded soldier in French +uniform, knelt their Mother, and the Twins, looking down, met the eyes +of their own Father gazing up at them. + +"Gently! my dears, gently!" cautioned their Mother, as the children +fell upon their knees beside her in an agony of tears. "Don't cry! he +is wounded, to be sure, but he will get well, though he can never again +fight for France. We shall see him every day, and by and by he will be +at home again with us." + +Too stunned for speech, the Twins only kissed the blood-stained hands, +and then their Mother led them away. Under the western arches she +kissed them good-by. "Go now to Madame Coudert," she said, "and tell +her your Father is here, and that I shall stay in the Cathedral. Ask +her to take care of you for the night. In the morning, if it is quiet, +come again to me." + +Dazed, happy, grieved, the children obeyed. They found Madame Coudert +beaming above her empty counter. "Bless you," she cried, when they gave +her their Mother's message, "of course you can stay! There are no pink +cakes for Pierre, but who cares for cakes now that the French are once +more in Rheims! And to think you have your Father back again! Surely +this is a happy day for you, even though he came back with a wound!" + + + +V. AT MADAME COUDERT'S + +The joy of the people of Rheims was short-lived. The Germans had been +driven out, it is true, but they had gone only a short distance to the +east, and there, upon the banks of the Aisne, had securely entrenched +themselves, venting their rage upon the City by daily bombardments. +From ten until two nearly every day the inhabitants of the stricken +City for the most part sat in their cellars listening to the whistling +of shells and the crash of falling timbers and tiles. When the noise +ceased, they returned to the light and air once more and looked about +to see the extent of the damage done. Dur ing the rest of the day they +went about their routine as usual, hoping against hope that the French +Armies, which were now between Rheims and the enemy, would be able not +only to defend the City but to drive the Germans still farther toward +the Rhine. + +When the Twins reached the Cathedral the morning after the return of +the French troops, they found their Father resting after an operation +which had removed from his leg a piece of shell, which had nearly cost +his life and would make him permanently lame. Their Mother met them as +they came in. She was pale but smiling. "What a joy to see you!" she +cried, as she pressed them to her breast. "You may take one look at +your Father and throw him a kiss; then you must go back to Madame +Coudert." + +"Mayn't we stay with you and help take care of Father?" begged Pierre. + +"No," answered his Mother firmly, "the sights here are not for young +eyes. I can wait upon the nurses and keep things clean: My place is +here for the present, but tomorrow, if all goes well, we will sleep +once more in our own little home, if it is still standing. In the mean +time, be good children, and mind Madame Coudert. Now run along before +the shells begin to fall." + +The Twins obediently trotted away, and regained the little shop just as +the clock struck ten. The day seemed long to them, for their thoughts +were with their parents, but Madame Coudert was so cheerful herself; +and kept them so busy they had no time to mope. Pierrette helped make +the little cakes, and Pierre scraped the remains of the icing from the +mixing-bowl and ate it lest any be wasted. In some ways Pierre was a +very thrifty boy. Then, too, Madame Coudert allowed them to stand +behind the counter and help wait upon the customers. Moreover, there +was Fifine, the cat, for Pierrette to play with, and the little +raveled-out dog lived only two doors below; so they did not lack for +entertainment. + +The next evening their Mother called for them, as she had promised to +do, and they once more had supper and slept beneath their own roof. For +three days they followed this routine, going with their Mother to +Madame Coudert's, where they spent the day, returning at night. On the +fourth day they were again allowed to visit the Cathedral and to see +their Father. "It will do him good to be with his children," the doctor +had said, and so, while Mother Meraut attended to her duties, Pierre +and Pierrette sat on each side of the straw bed where he lay, proud and +responsible to be left in charge of the patient. + +Pierre was bursting with curiosity to know about the Battle of the +Marne. Not another boy of his acquaintance had a wounded father, and +though his opportunities for seeing his friends had been few, he had +already done a good deal of boasting; and was pointed out by other boys +on the street as a person of special distinction. "Tell me about the +battle, Father," he begged. + +His Father lifted his tired eyes to a statue of Jeanne d'Arc, which was +in plain sight from where he lay. "Well, my boy," he said after a +pause, "there is much I should not wish you to know, but this I will +tell you. On the day the battle turned, the watchword of the Army was +Jeanne d'Arc. Our soldiers sprang to the attack with her name upon +their lips, and some have sworn to me that they saw her ride before us +into battle on her white charger, carrying in her hand the very banner +which you see there upon the altar. I do not know whether or not it is +true, but certainly the victory was with us, and I for my part find it +easy to be lieve that our blessed Saint Jeanne has not forgotten +France." He raised himself a little on his elbow and pointed to a place +not far distant in the nave. "There," he said, "is the very spot upon +which she knelt while her king was being crowned here in our Cathedral +after she had driven our enemies from French soil and had given him his +throne! The happiest moments of her life were here! What place should +be revisited by her pure spirit if not Rheims? My children, I wish you +every day to pray that she may come again to deliver France!" Exhausted +by emotion and by the effort he had made, he sank back upon the straw +and closed his eyes. + +Pierrette took his hand. "Dear papa," she said, "every day we will pray +to her as you say, and give thanks to the Bon Dieu that your life has +been spared to us. If only your poor leg--" she stopped, overcome by +tears. + +Her Father opened his eyes and smiled. "Ah, little one, what is a leg +more or less;--or a life either for that matter,--when our France is in +danger?" he said. "Is it not so, Pierre?" + +Pierre gulped. "France can have all of my legs!" he cried, in a burst +of patriotism. "And when I'm big enough, I'm going to dig a hole in the +ground and put in millions of tons of dynamite and blow up the whole of +Germany! That's what I'm going to do!" + +His Father's eyes twinkled. "It seems a long while to wait," he said, +"because now you are only nine, you see." + +Just then their Mother came toward the little group. "Magpies!" she +cried, "it seems that you are talking my patient to death. Run along +now to Madame Coudert." At the Cathedral entrance she kissed them, and +then stood for a moment to watch them as they hurried down the street +out of sight. + + + +VI. THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL + +On the evening of the 18th of September, Mother Meraut was late in +leaving the Cathedral, and it was nearly dark when she reached Madame +Coudert's door. Pierrette sat on the steps waiting for her, with +Fifine, the cat, in her arms. Madame Coudert was knitting, as usual, +and Pierre was trying to teach the little raveled-out dog to stand on +his hind legs. As their Mother appeared, the children sprang to meet +her. + +"How is Father?" cried Pierrette. It was always the first question when +they saw her. + +"Better," answered her Mother. "In another week or two the doctor +thinks he can be moved." + +She was about to enter the shop to speak to Madame Coudert, when the +air was suddenly rent by a fearful roar of sound. She clasped her +children in her arms. "It's like thunder," she said, patting them +soothingly; "if you hear the roar you know at once that you aren't +killed. Come, we must hurry to the cellar." But before she could take a +single step in that direction there was another terrible explosion. + +"Look, oh look!" screamed Pierre, pointing to the Cathedral towers, +which were visible from where they stood; "they are shelling the +Cathedral!" + +For an instant they stood as if rooted to the spot. Was it possible the +Germans would shell the place where their own wounded lay--a place +protected by the cross? They saw the scaffolding about one of the +towers burst suddenly into flames. In another moment the fire had +caught and devoured the Red Cross flag itself and then sprang like a +thing possessed to the roof. An instant more, and that too was burning. + +"Father!" screamed Pierre, and before any one could stop him or even +say a word, the boy was far up the street, running like a deer toward +the Cathedral. Pierrette was but a few steps behind him. + +When she saw her children rushing madly into such danger, Mother +Meraut's exhausted body gave way beneath the demands of her spirit. If +Madame Coudert had not caught her, she would have sunk down upon the +step. It was only for an instant, but in that instant the children had +passed out of sight. Not stopping even to close her door, Madame +Coudert seized Mother Meraut's hand, and together the two women ran +after them. But they could not hope to rival the speed of fleet young +feet, and when they reached the Cathedral square the flames were +already roaring upward into the very sky. The streets were crowded by +this time, and their best speed brought them to the square ten minutes +after the children had reached the burning Cathedral, and, heedless of +danger, had dashed in and to the corner where their helpless Father lay. + +The place was swarming with doctors and nurses working frantically to +move the wounded. The Abbe' was there, and the Archbishop also. Already +the straw had caught fire in several places from falling brands. "Out +through the north transept," shouted the Abbe. + +Pierre and Pierrette knew well what they had come to do. For them there +was but one person in the Cathedral, and that person was their Father. +They had but one purpose--to get him out. Young as they were, they were +already well used to danger, and it scarcely occurred to them that they +were risking their lives. Certainly they were not afraid. When they +reached their Father's side, they found him vainly struggling to rise. + +"Here we are, Father," shouted Pierre: "Lean on us!" He flew to one +side; Pierrette was already struggling to lift him on the other. As his +bed was the one farthest from the spot where the fire first appeared, +the doctors and nurses had sought to rescue those in greatest danger, +and so the children for the time being were alone in their effort to +save him. + +The flames were now leaping through the Cathedral aisles, devouring the +straw beds as if they were tinder. In vain Father Meraut ordered them +to leave him. For once his children refused to obey. Somehow they got +him to his feet, and he, for their sakes making a superhuman effort, +succeeded in staggering between them, using their lithe young bodies as +crutches. How they reached the door of the north transept they never +knew, but reach it they did, before the burning flames. And there a new +terror appeared. + +The people of Rheims, infuriated by the long abuse which they had +suffered, stood with guns pointed at the wounded and helpless Germans +whom the doctors and nurses had succeeded in getting so far on the way +to safety. Above the roar of flames rose the roar of angry voices. "It +is the Germans who burn our Cathedral. Let them die with it," shouted +one. + +Between the helpless Germans and the angry mob; facing their guns, +towered the figures of the Abby and the Archbishop! "If you kill them, +you must first kill us," cried the Archbishop. Kill the Archbishop and +the Abbe'! Unthinkable! The guns were immediately lowered, and the work +of rescue went on. + +Out of the north door crept Father Meraut, supported by his brave +children. "Bravo! Bravo!" shouted the crowd, and then hands that would +have killed Germans willingly, were stretched in instant sympathy and +helpfulness to the wounded French soldier and his brave children. Two +men made a chair of their arms, and Father Meraut was carried in safety +to the square before the Cathedral, Pierre and Pierrette following +close behind. At the foot of the statue of Jeanne d'Arc they stopped to +rest and change hands, and there, frantic with joy, Mother Meraut found +them. + +"A soldier of France--wounded at the Marne!" shouted the crowd, and if +he had been able to endure it, they would have borne him upon their +grateful shoulders. As it was, he was carried in no less grateful arms +clear to Madame Coudert's door, and there, lying upon an improvised +stretcher, and attended by his wife and children, he rested from his +journey, while Madame Coudert ran to prepare a cup of coffee for a +stimulant. From Madame Coudert's door they watched the further +destruction of the beautiful Cathedral which Mother Meraut had so often +called the "safest place in Rheims." As it burned, a wonderful thing +happened. High above the glowing roof there suddenly flamed the blue +fleur-de-lis of France! + +"See! See!" cried Mother Meraut. "A Miracle! The Lily of France! Oh, +surely it is a sign sent by the Bon Dieu to keep us from despair!" + +"It is only the gas from an exploding shell, bursting in blue flame," +said her husband. "Yet--who knows?--it may also be a true promise that +France shall rise in beauty from its ruins." + + + +VII. HOME AGAIN + +The next day, they were able to move Father Meraut to his own home. In +spite of the excitement and strain, he seemed but little the worse for +his experience, and the happiness of being again with his family quite +offset the effect of his dangerous journey. Mother Meraut was a famous +nurse, and when he was safely installed in a bed in a corner of the +room which was their living-room and kitchen in one, she was able to +give him her best care. There he lay, following her with his eyes as +she made good things for him to eat or carried on the regular +activities of her home. Pierre and Pierrette sat beside his bed and +talked to him, or, better still, got him to tell them stories of the +things that had happened during his brief stay in the Army. Pierre +brought the little raveled-out dog, with which he was now on the +friendliest terms, to see him, and Madame Coudert also came to call now +and then, bringing a cake or some other dainty to the invalid. + +If only the Germans had gone from their trenches on the Aisne, they and +every one else in Rheims would have been quite comfortable, but alas! +this was not to be. The Germans stayed where they were, and each day +sent a new rain of shells upon the unfortunate City. The inhabitants +grew accustomed to it, as one grows used to thundershowers in April. +"Hello! it's beginning to sprinkle," they would say when a shell burst, +spattering mud and dirt upon the passers-by. Signs appeared upon the +street, "Safe Cellars Here," and when the bombardment began, people +would dash for the nearest shelter and wait until the storm was over. + +Pierre and Pierrette played out of doors every day, though they did not +go far from their home, and had no one but each other to play with. +Pierrette made a play-house in one corner of the court. Here in a +little box she kept a store of broken dishes, and here she sat long +hours with her doll Jacqueline. Sometimes Pierre, having no better +occupation, played with her. He even took a gingerly interest in +Jacqueline, although he would not for the world have let any of the +boys know of such a weakness. + +When the shells began to fall, they would leave their corner and run +quickly to the cellar. As Father Meraut could not go up or down, his +wife stayed in the kitchen beside him. In this way several weary weeks +went by. Mother Meraut went no more to the Cathedral. There was nothing +there that she could do. The great, beautiful church which had been the +very soul of Rheims and the pride of France was now nothing but a +ruined shell, its wonderful windows broken, its roof gone, its very +walls of stone so burned that they crumbled to pieces at a touch. Even +the great bronze bells had been melted in the flames and had fallen in +molten drops, like tears of grief, into the wreckage below. All the +beautiful treasures--the tapestries, wrought by the hands of queens, +and even the sacred banner of Jeanne d'Arc itself--had been destroyed. + +Mother Meraut knew, but she did not tell her children, that precious +lives had also been lost, and that buried somewhere in the ruins were +the bodies of doctors and nurses who had given their own in trying to +save the lives of others, and of brave citizens of Rheims who had +fallen in an attempt to save the precious relics carefully treasured +there. Neither did she tell them that little Jean, the Verger's son, +was one of that heroic band. These sorrows she bore in her own breast, +but she never passed near the Cathedral after that terrible night. +Sometimes, when a necessary errand took her to that part of the City, +she would pause at a distance to look long at the statue of Jeanne +d'Arc, standing unharmed in the midst of the destruction about her +still lifting her sword to the sky. In all the rain of shells which had +fallen upon the City not one had yet touched the statue. Only the tip +of the sword had been broken off. It comforted Mother Meraut to see it +standing so strangely safe in the midst of such desolation. "It +stands," she thought, "even as her pure spirit stood safe amidst the +flames of her martyrdom. But I cannot, like her, pray for my enemies +while I burn in the fires they have kindled." + +There was yet another burden which she carried safely hidden in her +heart. She had not heard from her father and mother since the Battle of +the Marne. That the Germans had passed through the village where they +lived she knew, but what destruction they had wrought she could only +guess. It was impossible for her at that time to go to them; so she +waited in silence, hoping that some time good news might come. The slow +weeks lengthened into months, and at last Father Meraut was strong +enough to get about on a crutch like Father Varennes. It was a great +day when first he was able to hobble down the steps and out upon the +street, leaning on Mother Meraut's arm on one side, and his crutch upon +the other, with Pierre and Pierrette marching before him like a guard +of honor. + +It was now cold weather; winter had set in, and life became more +difficult as food grew scarce and there was not enough fuel to heat the +houses. School should have begun in October, but school-buildings had +not been spared in the bombardment, and it was dangerous to permit +children to stay in them. At last, however, a new way was found to +cheat the enemy of its prey. Schools were opened in the great champagne +cellars of Rheims, and Pierre and Pierrette were among the first +scholars enrolled. Every day after that they hastened through the +streets before the usual hour of the bombardment, went down into one of +the great tunnels cut in chalk, and there, in rooms deep underground, +carried on their studies. It was a strange school, but it was safer +than their home, even though there was danger in going back and forth +in the streets. By spring the children of Rheims had lived so much in +cellars that they were as pale as potato-sprouts. + +Mother Meraut watched her two with deepening anxiety. Then, one day in +the spring, a corner of their own roof was blown off by a shell. No one +was hurt, but when a few moments later a second explosion blew a cat +through the hole and dropped it into the soup, Mother Meraut's +endurance gave way. + +It was the last straw! She put the cat out, yowling but unharmed, and +silently cleared away the debris. Then, when the bombardment was over, +she put on her bonnet and went out. She came back an hour later, to +find the Twins sitting, one on each side of their Father, holding his +hands, and all three the picture of despair. Mother Meraut stood before +them, her eyes flashing, her cheeks burning a deep red, and this is +what she said: "I will not live like this another day. Life in Rheims +is no longer possible. I will not stay here to be killed by inches. I +have made arrangements to get a little row-boat, and to-morrow morning +we will take such things as we can carry and leave this place. Whatever +may happen to us elsewhere, it cannot be worse than what is happening +here, and it may possibly be better." + +Her husband and children looked at her in amazement. She did not ask +their opinion about the matter, but promptly began the necessary +preparations and told them what to do. Clothing was brought to Father +Meraut to be packed in compact bundles and tied up with string. Then +blankets were made into another bundle; a third held a frying-pan, a +coffee-pot, and a kettle, with a few knives, forks, and spoons, while a +fourth contained food. The Twins were sent to say good-by to Madame +Coudert, and to give her a key to the door, and then all the rest of +their household goods were packed away as carefully as time permitted, +in the cellar. + +Mother Meraut put the Twins to bed early, but she herself remained at +work most of the night; yet when morning came and the children woke, +she was up and neatly dressed, and had their breakfast ready. She did +not linger over their sad departure, nor did she shed a tear as they +left the little house which had been their happy home. Instead, she +locked the door after them with a snap, put the key in her pocket, and +walked down the steps with the grim determination of a soldier going +into battle, carrying a big bundle under each arm. + + + +VIII. REFUGEES + +The Twins and their Father followed the resolute figure of Mother +Meraut down the street, not knowing at all where she was leading them, +but with implicit confidence that she knew what she was about. She was +carrying the heaviest bundles, and the Twins carried the rest between +them, packed in a clothes-basket. On her other arm Pierrette bore her +dearly loved Jacqueline. Father Meraut could carry nothing but such +small articles as could be put in his pockets, but it was joy enough +that he could carry himself, and it was quite wonderful to see how +speedily he got over the ground with his crutch. + +Not far from their house in the Rue Charly ran the River Vesle, which +flows through Rheims, and as the Merauts knew well a man whose business +it was to let boats to pleasure parties in summer, the children were +not surprised to see their Mother walk down the street toward the +little wharf where his boats were kept. He was waiting to receive them, +and, drawn up to the water's edge was a red and white row-boat, with +the name "The Ark" painted upon her prow. Mother Meraut smiled when she +saw the name. "If we only had the animals to go in two by two, we +should be just like Noah and his family, shouldn't we?" she said, as +she put the bundles in the stern. + +In a few moments they were all seated in the boat, with their few +belongings carefully balanced, and Jacqueline safely reposing in +Pierrette's lap. The boatman pushed them away from the pier. "Au +revoir," called Mother Meraut as the boat slid into the stream. "We +will come back again when the Germans are gone, and in some way I shall +have a chance to send your boat to you, I know. Meanwhile we will take +good care of it." + +"There will be few pleasure-seekers on the Vesle this summer," answered +the boat-man, "and the Ark will be safer with you than rotting at the +pier, let alone the chance of its being blown up by a shell. I'm glad +you've got her, and glad you are going away from Rheims. It will be +easy pulling, for you're going down-stream, and about all you'll have +to do is to keep her headed right. Au revoir, and good luck." He stood +on the pier looking after them and waving his hat until they were well +out in the middle of the stream. + +Father Meraut had the oars, and, as his arms had not been injured, he +was able to guide the boat without fatigue, and soon the current had +carried them through the City and out into the open country which lay +beyond. Mother Meraut sat in the prow, looking back toward the +Cathedral she had so loved, until the blackened towers were hidden from +view by trees along the riverbank. They had started early in order to +be well out of Rheims before the daily bombardment should begin. + +Spring was already in the air, and as they drifted along they heard the +skylarks singing in the fields. The trees were turning green, and there +were blossoms on the apple trees. The wild flowers along the riverbank +were already humming with bees, and the whole scene seemed so peaceful +and quiet after all they had endured in Rheims, that even the +shell-holes left in the fields which had been fought over in the autumn +and the crosses marking the graves of fallen soldiers did not sadden +them. + +Mother Meraut sat for a long time silent, then heaved a deep sigh of +relief. "I feel like Lot's wife looking back upon Sodom and Gomorrah," +she said. Suddenly her eyes filled with tears and she kissed her +finger-tips and blew the kiss toward Rheims. "Farewell, my beautiful +City!" she cried. "It is not for your sins we must leave you! And some +happy day we shall return." + +There was a report, and a puff of smoke far away over the City, then +the sound of a distant explosion. The daily bombardment had begun! + +"Your friends are firing a farewell salute," said Father Meraut. + +All the morning they slipped quietly along between greening banks, +carried by the current farther and farther down-stream. At noon they +drew the boat ashore beneath some willow trees, where they ate their +lunch, and then spent an hour in such rest as they had not had for many +weary months. + +It was then, and not until then, that Father Meraut ventured to ask +his wife her plans. "My dear," he said, as he stretched himself out in +a sunny spot and put his head in Pierrette's lap, "I have great +confidence in you, and will follow you willingly anywhere, but I should +really like to know where we are going." + +Mother Meraut looked at him in surprise. "Why, haven't I told you?" she +said "My mind has been so full of it I can't believe you didn't know +that we are going to my father's, if we can get there! You know their +village is on a little stream which flows into the Aisne some distance +beyond its junction with the Vesle. We could drift down to the place +where the two rivers join, and go on from there to the little stream +which flows past Fontanelle. Then we could row up-stream to the +village." + +"It's as plain as day, now you tell it," answered her husband, "and a +very good plan, too." + +"You see," said Mother Meraut, as she packed away the remains of the +lunch, "I haven't heard a word from them all winter. I don't know +whether they are dead or alive. I haven't said anything about it, +because you were so ill and there were so many other worries, but this +plan has been in my mind all the time. What we shall do when we get to +Fontanelle I do not know, but we shall be no worse off than other +refugees, and at any rate we shall not be under shell-fire every day." + +"If we can't find any place to stay there, why can't we go on and on +down the river, until we get clear to the sea," said Pierre with +enthusiasm. + +"It's just like being gypsies, isn't it?" added Pierrette. + +"So far as I can see," said Mother Meraut, "we've got to go on and on! +Certainly we can't go back." + +"No, we can't go back," echoed her husband, with a sigh. + +All the pleasant afternoon they drifted peacefully along, and nightfall +found them in open country. It began to grow colder as darkness came +on. "We shall need all our blankets if we are to sleep in the fields," +said Mother Meraut at last. "It's time for supper and bed, anyway. +Let's go ashore." + +"We'll build a fire on the bank and cook our supper there," said her +husband. + +"What is there, Mother, that we can cook?" + +"There are eggs to fry, and potatoes to roast in the ashes," she +answered, "and coffee besides." + +"I am as hungry as a wolf," said Pierrette. + +"I'm as hungry as two wolves," said Pierre. + +They found a landing-place, and the Ark was drawn ashore. Pierre and +Pierrette ran at once to gather sticks and leaves. These they brought +to their Father, and soon a cheerful fire flamed red against the +shadows. Then the smell of coffee floated out upon the evening air, and +the sputter of frying eggs gave further promise to their hungry +stomachs. + +Before they had finished their supper the stars were winking down at +them, and over the brow of a distant hill rose a slender crescent moon. +Pierrette saw it first. "Oh," she cried, "the new moon! And I saw it +over my right shoulder, too! We are sure to have wonderful luck this +month." + +Pierre shut his eyes. "Which way is it?" he cried. Pierrette turned him +carefully about so that he too might see it over his right shoulder, +and then, this ceremony completed, they washed the dishes and helped +pack the things carefully away in the clothes-basket once more. + +They slept that night under the edge of a straw-stack in the meadow +near the river, and though they were homeless wanderers without a roof +to cover them, they slept well, and awakened next morning to the music +of bird-songs instead of to the sound of guns and the whistling of +shells. + + + +IX. THE FOREIGN LEGION + +Fortunately for our pilgrims the weather remained clear and unusually +warm for the season of year, and they were able to continue their +journey the following day in comfort. That night they slept in a +cowshed, where no cows had been since the Germans passed through so +many months before, and on the morning of the third day they reached +the large market town which marked the junction of the little river +upon which the village of Fontanelle was situated with the Aisne. + +Mother Meraut was now upon familiar territory, among the scenes of her +childhood. She had often come here with her father when he had brought +a load of produce to sell in the town market. Here they disembarked, +bought a load of provisions, and once more resumed their journey. +Progress from this point on was slower than that of previous days, for +now the current was against them. Father and Mother Meraut took turns +at the oars, and they had gone some four or five miles up the stream +when they came in sight of something quite unfamiliar to Mother Meraut. +Stretching across the level meadows beside the river, as far, as the +eye could see, were rows and rows of tents. Companies of soldiers in +French uniforms were drilling in an open field. Groups of cavalry +horses were herded in an enclosure, and everywhere there were the +activities of a great military encampment. + +"It's a French training-camp," cried Father Meraut, and he waved his +cap on the end of an oar and shouted "Vive la France" at the top of his +lungs. Pierre and Pierrette waved and shouted too, and Mother Meraut, +caught by the general excitement, snatched up Jacqueline, who had been +reposing in the basket, and frantically waved her. Some soldiers +answered their signal, and shouted to them. + +Father Meraut looked puzzled. "That's not French," he said; "I can't +understand what they say. But they have on French uniforms! I wonder +what regiment it can be. I'm going to find out." + +"We're not far from Fontanelle now," said Mother Meraut; "don't you +think we'd better go on?" + +"We can't get there without stopping somewhere to eat, anyway," said +Father Meraut. "It's already eleven o'clock, and I'd rather find out +about the soldiers than eat." So they tied the Ark to a willow tree and +went ashore. + +In a moment more they were in a city of soldiers, and Father Meraut was +making friends with some of the men who were lounging near the +cook-house, sniffing the savory smell of soup which issued from it in +appetizing gusts. Pierre and Pierrette sniffed too, and even Mother +Meraut could not help saying appreciatively, "That cook knows how to +make soup." Pierre laid his hand upon his stomach and smacked his lips. +"Pierre," said his mother, reprovingly, "where are your manners, child?" + +At that moment two soldiers were passing--one a tall, thin man, and one +much smaller. They paused and laughed, and the tall man laid his hand +on his stomach, too, and smacked his lips. + +"Are you hungry, kid?" he said genially to Pierre. Pierre looked blank. + +The short man punched the tall man in the ribs. "Don't you see he's +French," he said derisively. "Did you think you were back home in +Illinois? Why don't you try some of your parley-voo on him? You're not +getting on with the language; here's your chance for a real Parisian +accent." + +"Oh, g'wan," answered the tall man. "Try your own French on him! I +guess it won't kill him; he looks strong." + +The short man came nearer to Pierre and shouted at him as if he were +deaf. "Avvy-voo-doo faim?" + +Pierre withdrew a step nearer his mother and Pierrette. "Je ne +comprends pas!" he said politely. "Pardon." + +The tall man took off his cap and rumpled his hair. "Try it again, +Jim," he said, "even if he is scared. They look to me like refugees, +and as if a good bowl of soup wouldn't strike their insides amiss, but +your French would stampede a herd of buffaloes!" + +"Try it yourself, then," said the short man, grinning. + +The tall man sat down on a box at the door of the tent and beckoned to +Pierre. "I say, kid," he began, "avvy-voo-doo-fam--fam?" He rubbed his +stomach in expressive pantomime. + +"Mamma," cried poor puzzled Pierre, "he asks me if I have a wife, and +rubs his stomach as if he had a stomach-ache. What does he mean?" + +Mother Meraut came forward, trying hard not to laugh. "Que voulez-vous, +Messieurs?" she said politely. + +The tall man was on his feet instantly with his cap in his hand. "You +see, ma'am," he began, "we're from the States-des Etats-Unis! We've +come here to fight le Boche--savez-vows?--combattre le Boche!" He waved +his arms frantically and made a motion as if shooting with a gun. + +A smile broke over Mother Meraut's face, and she held out both hands. +"Les Americains!" she cried joyfully, "des Etats-Unis, dans l'uniforme +de la France! Mais maintenant nous exterminons le Boche!" She called +Pierrette and Pierre to her side. "These are Americans," she explained +in French, "come from the United States of America to fight with us. +Shake hands with them." + +The Twins obeyed shyly, and when their Father rejoined the family a few +moments later, their friendship had progressed to such an extent that +Pierre was seated on one side of the tall man and Pierrette on the +other, and they were all three studying a French phrase-book. The short +man, called Jim, was gesticulating wildly, and talking to Mother +Meraut, and she, good soul, looked so wise, and said "Oui" and "Non," +and nodded her head so intelligently to encourage him, that he never +suspected that she did not understand one word in ten, and cast +triumphant glances at the tall man to see if he was observing his +success. + +At this moment a French Captain came by. The men sprang to their feet, +clicked their heels together, and saluted. Father Meraut stiffened into +military position and saluted also. The officer returned the salute, +then stopped and spoke to him. "You are a soldier of France, I see," he +said. "Where did you get your wound?" + +"With Joffre, at the Marne, mon Capitaine," answered Father Meraut, +proudly. And then he told the Captain of his being brought wounded to +the Cathedral in Rheims, of its bombardment and burning, and of his +rescue by Pierre and Pierrette. + +The Captain turned to the Americans and said to them in English: "We +have here three heroes of France instead of one! These children have +lived under constant fire since last September, and they rescued their +wounded father from the burning Cathedral of Rheims at the risk of +their own lives." The Americans saluted Father Meraut, then they +saluted Pierre and Pierrette, while Mother Meraut stood by, beaming +with pride. + +"We will ask them to dine with us as our guests," said the Captain, +and, turning to Father Meraut, he spoke again in French. "This is the +Foreign Legion," he said. "It is made up of friends of France, brave +men of different countries who came voluntarily to fight with us +against the Boche. Here they receive special training under French +officers before going to the front. These Americans have only just +come. They do not know much French, but they wish you to dine with +them." + +Ah, what a day that was for Pierre and Pierrette! Their story was +passed about from one to another, and, instead of being homeless, +wandering refugees, they found themselves suddenly treated as +distinguished guests, by real soldiers. Pierre swelled with pride, and +if he had only been able to speak their language, how glad he would +have been to tell the Americans about the return of the French to +Rheims, the green poster, Madame Coudert, and many other things! Alas, +he could only eat his soup and gaze about him at all the activities +that were going on in camp. When at last it was time for them to go, it +was with the greatest difficulty that Pierre could be torn away from +his new-found friends. + +"Come again, old pal," said the tall man, slapping Pierre cordially on +the back as he said good-by. "Come again and see your Uncle Sam! Come +and bring your family!" + +Pierre grinned, although he did not understand a word, shook hands, and +ran down the river-bank to join his parents and Pierrette, who were +already climbing into the boat. + +"Jim" and "Uncle Sam" looked after them as the Ark swung out into the +stream. "Au revoir," shouted Pierre, waving his hand. "Vive la France!" +And back came the reply like an echo, "You bet your life, vive la +France!" + + + +X. FONTANELLE + +The shadows were beginning to lengthen across the valley as the Ark +rounded a bend in the stream and the little church spire of Fontanelle +came into view. "There it is--at last!" cried Mother Meraut. "Thank +God, something of the village still stands!" She gazed eagerly into the +distance. "And there is the Chateau," she added joyfully, pointing to a +large gray stone building half hidden by a fringe of trees. "Oh, surely +things are not going to be so bad as I had feared. Hurry! hurry! It +seems as though my heart must take wings and fly before my body, now +that we are so near!" + +Father Meraut bent to the oars. "I will stay with the boat while you +and the children go to the village," he said, when, a few moments +later, he found a favorable spot to land. + +Mother Meraut was out of the boat almost before it was beached, the +Twins sprang out after her, and the three started up the road to the +village on a run. Groves of trees just bursting into leaf lay between +them and the one street of the little town, and it was not until they +had passed it that they could tell how much damage had been done. The +sight that met their eyes as they entered the village was not +reassuring, but, hoping against hope, they ran on to the little house +which had been Mother Meraut's childhood home. At the threshold they +paused, and the tears which Mother Meraut had resolutely refused to +shed when she had said good-by to her own home in Rheims fell freely as +she gazed upon the ruins of the home of her parents. The house was +empty, the windows were gone, the door was wrenched from its hinges, +and the roof was open to the sky. The whole village was in much the +same condition. Every house was empty, the street deserted. + +Neither Mother Meraut nor the Twins said a word. With heavy hearts they +turned from the gaping doorway and started toward the Chateau, which +lay half a mile beyond the village. Not a soul did they meet until they +arrived at the great gate which marked the entrance to the park, and +then they saw that the Chateau too had suffered. It had been partly +burned out, but as its walls were standing and one wing looked +habitable, their spirits rose a little. At the gate a child was +playing. They stopped. "Can you tell me, ma petite," said Mother +Meraut, her voice trembling, "whether there is any one here by the name +of Jamart?" + +"Mais--oui," answered the child, surveying the strangers with +curiosity. "Voila!" She pointed a stubby finger toward the Chateau, and +there, just disappearing behind a corner of the wall, was the bent +figure of an old woman carrying a pail of water. + +With a cry of joy, Mother Meraut sprang forward, and Pierre and +Pierrette for once in their lives, run as they would, could not keep up +with her. She fairly flew over the ground, and when the Twins at last +reached her side, the pail of water was spilled on the ground, and the +two women were weeping in each other's arms. An old man now came toward +them and the children flung themselves upon him. "Grandpere! +Grandpere!" they shouted, and then such another embracing as there was! + +Grand'mere kissed the Twins, and Grandpere hugged Mother Meraut, and +then, because the tears were still running down their cheeks, Grandpere +pointed to the overturned pail, and the water flowing in little +wiggling streams through the dust. "Come, dear hearts," he cried, "are +these your tears? Weep no more, then, lest we have a flood after our +fire! This is a time to rejoice! Wipe your eyes, my Antoinette, and +tell us how you came here. It is as if the sky had opened to let down +three angels--and where, then, is Jacques?" + +By this time a group of people had gathered about them--the little +remnant of the old prosperous village of Fontanelle. "Here we are, you +see," said Grandpere, "all that are left of us. Every able-bodied young +woman was driven away by the Germans to work in their fields--while +ours lie idle. Every able-bodied man is in the army. There are only +twenty-seven of us left--old women, children, and myself. There you +have our history." + +Mother Meraut shook each old friend by the hand, looked at all the +babies and children, and proudly showed her Twins to them in return, +before she said a word about the sorrows they had endured in Rheims, +and the desperation which had at last driven them from their home. The +people listened without comment. They had all suffered so much that +there was no room left in their hearts for new grief, but when she told +them of the boat and her lame husband they rejoiced with her that she +had the happiness at least of a united family. There was plenty of room +in their hearts for joy! "Come with us," they said. "We cannot be +poorer. Our cattle are driven away; we have no strong laborers to till +our fields, no seeds to plant in them. We live in one wing and the +outhouses of the Chateau, but hope is not yet dead, and your hands are +strong. Your husband, too, can help, and we shall be at least no worse +off for your being here." + +Grand'mere spoke. "We live in the cow-stalls of the stable," said she. +"It is not so bad; there is still hay in the loft, and there are other +stalls not occupied." + +Mother Meraut crossed herself. "If the Blessed Mother of Our Lord could +live in a stable," she said, "such shelter is surely good enough for +us." + +Father Meraut, sitting patiently in the boat, was surprise, a little +later as he looked anxiously toward the village, to see a crowd of +people coming toward him, waving caps and hands in salutation. Before +the others ran Pierre and Pierrette, and when they reached him they +poured forth a jumble of excited words, from which he was able to +gather that Grandpere and Grand'mere were alive and well, and that +there was a place for them to stay. He got out of the boat to greet the +people, and their willing hands took the bundles and helped hide the +Ark in the bushes, and the whole company then started back to the +Chateau, Grandpere lingering behind the others to keep pace with the +slow progress of Father Meraut. + +When Grand'mere, the Twins, and their Mother reached the stable they +took their bundles from the hands of their friends, and went in to +inspect their new home. The stable had been swept and scrubbed until it +was as clean as it could be made. The large box stall served as a +bedroom for Grand'mere and Grandpere. Above their bed of hay, covered +with old blankets and quilts, was hung a wooden crucifix. This, with +two boxes for seats, was all the furniture it contained. A few articles +of clothing hung about on nails, and in the open space before the +stalls a stove was placed, the pipe running through a pane of glass in +a window near by. + +When Grandpere and Father Meraut arrived, Mother Meraut met them at the +door. "Behold our new apartment!" she said, and she led her husband to +one of the clean stalls, where she had already begun to set up +housekeeping. The Twins were at that moment in the loft overhead, +getting hay for their beds, and Jacqueline, exhausted by her journey, +had been put to bed in the manger. + +Father Meraut looked about. "This is not bad for the summer," he said, +"and who knows what good luck may come to us by fall? Perhaps the +Germans will be driven out of France by that time, and surely we shall +be able to do some planting even now." + +"We have dug up the ground for gardens as best we could with the few +tools we have," said Grandpere. "The government would send us seeds, +but the roads are very bad, and we have no horses, and supplies are +hard to get even though we have money to pay for them. The nearest town +where provisions can be obtained lies six miles below, at the mouth of +the river, and it is very little one can carry on one's back." + +"Is there no way to get help from the soldiers' camp?" asked Father +Meraut. "They must get supplies." + +"Yes, but they cannot of themselves at this time take care of the +civilian population," said Grandpere. "There are many villages in the +same condition, and the soldiers' business is to fight for France." + +"True," said Father Meraut. Then he exclaimed: "I have it! The Ark! It +will indeed be our salvation as it was Father Noah's." + +Grandpere looked anxiously at Mother Meraut and touched his forehead. +"He is not mad?" he asked. + +She laughed. "The name of our boat is the Ark," she explained. "We can +use it to go down the river to buy provisions if there are any to be +had." + +Grand'mere, who had been listening, looked cautiously about, then felt +under the straw of her bed and brought out a stocking. "See!" she said. +"I have money. The others have money too, but of what use is money when +there is nothing to buy and no place to buy it?" + +"We must find a place to buy things," said Mother Meraut with decision. +"Grandpere and Jacques can take the Ark and go down the river on a +voyage of discovery, and bring back the supplies that we most need." + +After supper the whole village gathered about the stable door to hear +all the news which the Meraut family had brought from the outside +world. For months they had not seen a newspaper, and there had been no +visitors in Fontanelle. And when Father Meraut had finished telling +them all the story of Rheims, of the burning of the Cathedral, of the +miraculous safety of the statue of Saint Jeanne, of his own escape, and +the final destruction of the roof over their heads, and their flight +from the city, the pressing needs of the little village and his and +Grandpere's proposed voyage were discussed, and it was very late when +at last the people separated and the little village settled down for +the night. + + + +XI. A SURPRISE + +The next morning the whole village was up early, and plans were +perfected for the voyage of Father Meraut and Grandpere. A long list of +necessary articles was made out, and the money for their purchase +safely hidden away in their inside pockets. They were just about to +start down the road to the river, when suddenly a wonderful thing +happened. Right through the great gate of the Chateau rumbled a large +motor truck with an American flag fluttering from the radiator! It was +driven by a strange young woman in a smart gray uniform. Beside her on +the driver's seat sat an older woman dressed the same way and carrying +in her hand a black medicine-case. + +The girl stopped her engine, climbed down to the ground, and approached +the astonished people of Fontanelle: "Bon jour," she said, smiling. +Then in excellent French she explained her errand. "We are Americans," +she said, and at that name every face smiled back at her. "We have come +to help you restore your homes. America loves and admires the French +people, and since we women cannot fight with you, we wish at least to +help in the reconstruction of your beautiful France. Your government +has given us permission to start our work here, and has promised help +from the soldiers whose camp is near. The money we bring from America +will purchase materials, and with your labor and the help of the +soldiers we shall soon see what can be done." + +For a moment after she had ceased speaking there was silence. The +people of Fontanelle were too astonished for words. So much good +fortune after all their sorrow left them stunned. It was Pierre who +first found his voice. He took off his cap, swung it in the air and +shouted, "Vive l'Amerique," at the top of his lungs, and "Vive +l'Amerique," chorused the whole village, relieved to be able to vent +their feelings in sound. + +Mademoiselle laughed. "Vive la France," she answered, and then, turning +to the truck, she cried, "Come and see what we have in our little shop +on wheels. But first let me introduce to you Dr. Miller. She is an +American doctor who has come to take care of any who may be sick." + +The Doctor had already climbed down from her high seat and was opening +the back of the truck. She smiled and shook hands with the people. "Is +there not something here you wish to buy?" she asked. "The prices are +plainly marked." + +Everybody now crowded about the truck, and in it,--oh, +wonderful,--piled on the floor and hanging from the top and sides, were +the very things for which they had been longing so eagerly! There were +hoes, and shovels, and rakes, and garden seeds of all kinds. There were +bolts of cloth and woolen garments and wooden shoes, and yarn for +knitting. There were even knitting-needles! And, best of all, there was +food, food such as they had not seen in many weary months. Ah, it was +indeed marvelous what that truck contained! + +The buying began at once, and never before had any one been able to +purchase so much for a franc! Soon there was nothing left in the truck +but some bedding and other articles belonging to the Doctor and +Mademoiselle, as the people at once began to call her. + +"Will you not come with me to my apartment in the stable?" said Mother +Meraut cordially to the two women. "You must be tired from your +journey." + +"We must first see the Commandant at the camp," said the Doctor, "and +then we shall be happy if you will find some lunch for us. It is +necessary to see at once if our houses have come." + +"Your houses!" cried Pierre, so surprised that he quite forgot his +manners. "But, Madame, it is not possible that you carry your houses +with you like the snails?" + +The Doctor laughed. "Not just like the snails," she said; "our houses +have been sent on ahead of us in sections, with the army supplies, and +are no doubt here in the care of the Commandant." + +"Go, my Pierre, conduct them to the camp," said his Mother, "and when +you come back," she added, turning to the two women, "I will have ready +for you the best that my poor house affords." The Doctor and +Mademoiselle thanked Mother Meraut, and then, following Pierre, started +down the river road toward the camp a mile or more away. + +The next few days seemed to Pierre and Pierrette, and indeed to all the +inhabitants of Fontanelle, little less than a series of miracles. In +the first place, the Doctor and Mademoiselle had scarcely finished the +good lunch which Mother Meraut had waiting for them on their return +from camp, when a great truck, loaded with sections of the portable +houses, entered the great gate of the Chateau. It was followed by a +detachment of soldiers from the Foreign Legion, sent by the Commandant +to erect them. The soldiers were also Americans, and Pierre and +Pierrette were delighted to find that both "Jim" and "Uncle Sam" were +among them. Indeed Uncle Sam was in command of the squad, and when he +presented himself and his men to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, he +explained that the Commandant had detailed Americans to this duty, as +he thought that they would more easily understand what the ladies +wished to have done. + +The whole place now swarmed with people working as busily as bees in a +hive. By night one house was fit to be occupied. The following night +two more had been erected, and the soldiers had laid tent floors in all +of them. The day after that six more young women in gray came, bringing +more supplies. Under the generalship of the Doctor, Mother Meraut was +installed in the carriage-house which opened from the stable, and here +she prepared meals for her family and for all the new-comers as well. +The Doctor established a dispensary in one room of the Chateau, and +Mademoiselle opened a store in the basement, keeping there for sale a +large quantity of the supplies which had been brought by the six young +women. Father Meraut and Grandpere worked hard on the gardens, assisted +by Pierre and Pierrette and any other person in the village who was +capable of wielding a hoe. Soon people began to come in from the +neighboring hamlets, bringing their sick babies to the Doctor for +treatment. The great truck was loaded with supplies received through +the Army Service and the Red Cross, and the young women took turns in +driving the "Shop on Wheels" into other, less favored districts, to +start there work similar to that begun at Fontanelle. + +Uncle Sam and Jim came so often to the village that they were soon on +friendly terms with every one in it. They acted as emissaries between +the camp and the village, and if anything was needed which was beyond +the power of these determined women to supply, Uncle Sam and Jim seemed +always by some miracle to accomplish it. One day the Doctor said to Jim +"I wish there were some way of getting a good cow here. These little +children cannot get rosy and strong without fresh milk, and they +haven't had any since the Germans drove away their cows." + +A week later Jim appeared at the Chateau gate leading a cow! There was +a card tied to one horn. The Doctor removed it and read, "To Dr. Miller +for the little children of Fontanelle." + +"It's from the Commandant," said Jim, beaming with pride. + +The cow proved such a success, and the babies and young children showed +at once such improvement, that the Doctor determined that they should +have not only milk but fresh eggs, and Mademoiselle was sent to Paris +to make investigations, and, if possible, place an order for more cows +and some hens. Upon her return she announced that a load of live-stock +from southern France would soon arrive at the nearest railroad station, +five miles away. + +"It's going to be a regular menagerie," said Mademoiselle, when she +told Mother Meraut about it. "There will be two more cows, two pigs, a +pair of goats, ten pairs of rabbits, and sixty fowls." + +"Mercy upon us!" cried Mother Meraut. "Where in the world can we put +them all? Must we move out of our apartment to admit the cows?" + +"No," laughed Mademoiselle, "we must find another way to take care of +them. The cows can stay out of doors now, and there is grass to feed +them and the goats. They can all be tethered by ropes, if necessary, +but we must find a secure place to keep the pigs and the rabbits, and +the chicken-house must be mended and put in order for the fowls." + +"But Madame Corbeille now resides in the chicken-house. What will +become of her and her children?" cried Mother Meraut. + +"Easy enough," said Mademoiselle; "there is still room in your stable, +is there not? For example, there is the granary! It will do excellently +for the Corbeilles. Pierre and Pierrette will help build the +rabbit-hutch, I know, and there we are, all provided for!" + +So it was arranged, and that afternoon another family came to live +under the same roof with the Merauts. Grandpere, with his new hammer +and some nails, mended the chicken-house, and then helped Pierre and +Pierrette build enclosures for the rabbits and pigs out of stones and +rubble from the fallen walls. + +At last the day came when all the creatures were to arrive, and +Mademoiselle arranged that the Twins, Mother Meraut, and four of her +own party of young women should go to the railroad station to get them. +The great truck was brought out, ropes were then thrown in, and all the +people who composed what Mademoiselle called the "Reception Committee" +climbed in and sat on the floor, while Mademoiselle and the Doctor +occupied the driver's seat. The soldiers had done some work on the +roads, so they were not as bad as they had been earlier in the spring; +but they were still bad enough, and the people in the truck were +bounced about like kernels of corn in a popper. + +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they arrived at the station, "the fowls +and the rabbits will have to go back in the truck. That will be easy, +for they came in crates; but the cows, the goats, and the pigs must be +either led or driven." + +"It sounds simple enough," said the Doctor, "but have any of you ever +known any cows or pigs? Do you know how to manage them?" + + +"I have an acquaintance with cows," said Mother Meraut, "but to goats +and pigs I am a stranger." + +"Very well," said Mademoiselle, "Mother Meraut shall lead the way with +the cows. You, Kathleen and Louise," she said, turning to two of the +gray-uniformed girls, "you shall attend the goats. Mary and Martha may +tackle the pigs. Pierre and Pierrette will serve excellently as +short-stops in case any of our live-stock gets away, and the Doctor and +I will bring up the rear." + +"It's going to be a regular circus!" said Kathleen. "I feel as if we +ought to wear spangles and be led by a band." + +"We haven't any clown, though," said Martha. + +"I shouldn't wonder," said Mary, "if we'd all look like clowns in this +parade." + +The car with the creatures in it was standing on a side track, and the +station agent, looking doubtfully at the girls, led the way to it, and +after the rabbits and fowls had been loaded into the truck, placed a +gangplank for the cows to walk down, and opened the door of the car. +But nothing happened; the cows obstinately refused to step down the +plank. + +"Here's a rope," said Mademoiselle, at last, throwing one up to the +agent. "I hoped we shouldn't need it, but I guess we do." + +The agent fixed the rope to the horns of one of the cows, and threw the +other end to Mademoiselle. "Now," said he, "pull gently to begin with." + +Mademoiselle, pale but valiant, pulled, quietly at first, then harder. +The cow put her head down, braced her feet and backed. + +"Come on," cried Mademoiselle to the others, "we'll all have to pull +together." + +Any one who could get hold of it seized the rope. + +"I never played 'pom pom pull away' with a cow before," quavered +Louise. "I--I--don't feel sure she knows the rules of the game!" + +"She'll soon learn," said Mademoiselle, grimly. "Don't welch. Now, +then, one--two--three--pull!" + +At the word, they all leaned back and pulled. The cow, yielding +suddenly, shot out of the car like a cork out of a champagne bottle, +and the girls attached to the rope went down like a row of bricks. The +rope flew out of their hands, and the cow went careering down the track +with the rope dangling wildly after her, while the other cow, fired by +her example, came bawling after. When they found grass by the roadside +they became reasonable at once. Mother Meraut then took charge of them, +and, as Kathleen remarked, "that ended the first movement." The second +began when the goats were unloaded. Mademoiselle took no chances with +them. She got the agent to put ropes on them in the first place, and +Kathleen and Louise, cautiously advancing to the plank, held up +propitiatory offerings of grass. + +"That's right," laughed Mademoiselle, "leading citizens with bouquets! +Perhaps a speech of welcome might help. They aren't the first old goats +to be received that way." + +"Hush!" implored Louise. "My knees are knocking together so I can +hardly stand up now, and suppose they should butt!" + +"In the words of the immortal bard 'butt me no butts,'" murmured +Kathleen, as they reached the gang-plank. + +The agent, having attached the rope and released the goats from their +moorings, stood back and gave them full access to the open door, +holding the other end of the rope firmly in his hands. "You can take +the ropes when they are safely down the plank," he cried gallantly. +"They need a man to handle them." + +"Oh, thank you," said Kathleen and Louise with one voice. + +The goats accepted the suggestion of the open door at once and galloped +down the gang-plank with such reckless speed that the agent lost his +footing and came coasting down after them. "Mille tonneurs!" he +exclaimed, as he reached the end of the gang-plank and struck a bed of +gravel. "Those goats are possessed of the devil!" + +The Doctor was beside him in an instant. "I hope you are not injured," +she cried. "Is there anything I can do for you? I am a doctor." + +"No, Madame," said the agent, bowing politely, as he got himself on his +feet again, "I am hurt only in my pride, and you have no medicine for +that!" + +"Oh," cried Mademoiselle, "how brave it was of you! It's as you +say--they need a man to manage them!" + +The station agent looked at the goats, who were now grazing peacefully, +attended by Kathleen and Louise, and then, a little thoughtfully, at +Mademoiselle. "It is indeed better that a man should take these risks," +he said, throwing out his chest. "And there are still the pigs! I doubt +not they are as full of demons as the Gadarene Swine themselves!" + +"What should we do without your help?" said Mademoiselle. "The pigs +cannot be roped!" + +"No," said the agent sadly, "they cannot." He considered a moment. Then +he motioned to Pierre and Pierrette, who were standing with Mary and +Martha at a respectful distance. "Come here, all of you," he said, +addressing them from the top of the gang-plank; "pigs must be taken by +strategy. I am an old soldier. I will engineer an encircling movement. +Mademoiselle; will you stand here at the left, and, Madame la Docteur, +will you station yourself at my right? The rest of you arrange +yourselves in a curved line extending westward from Madame. Then I will +release the pigs, and you, watching their movements, will head them off +if they start in the wrong direction. Voila! We will now commence." + +He went back into the car, and in another moment the pigs, squealing +vociferously, thundered down the gang-plank, gave one look at the +"encircling movement," and, wheeling about, instantly dashed under the +car and out on the other side into an open field. It was not until they +had made a complete tour of the village, pursued by the entire +personnel of the "encircling movement" that they were at last turned +into the Fontanelle road. + +"This isn't--the way--this parade--was advertised!" gasped Kathleen, as +she struggled with her goat in an effort to take her appointed place in +the caravan. "The--cows--were to--go--first!" + +"Never mind," answered Louise cheerfully, as she pulled her goat into +the road. "A little informality will be overlooked, I'm sure." + +Mother Meraut followed them with the cows, and last of all Mademoiselle +and the Doctor climbed into the truck and brought up the rear of the +procession, with all the roosters crowing at the top of their lungs. + +There is not time to tell of all the adventures that befell them on the +eventful journey back to Fontanelle. One can merely guess that it must +have been full of excitement, since the Reception Committee did not +reach the village with their charges until some time after dark. Mother +Meraut was worried because she was not home in time to get a hot supper +for the tired girls, but when they arrived they found that Grand'mere +had stepped into the breach, and had made steaming hot soup for every +one. Grandpere and Father Meraut took charge of the live-stock, and +Mother Corbeille milked the cows. + +As they dragged themselves wearily to bed that night, Kathleen +decorated Mademoiselle with a huge cross,--cut out of paper,--which she +pinned upon her nightgown. "For extreme gallantry," she explained, "in +leading your forces into action in face of a fierce charge by two +goats, and for taking prisoner two rebellious pigs!" Then she saluted +ceremoniously and tumbled into bed. + + + +XII. MORNING IN THE MEADOW + +As summer came on, life seemed less and less sad to the people of +Fontanelle. With the coming of the Americans the outlook had so changed +that, although the war was not yet over, they could look forward to the +future with some degree of hope. The news brought from Rheims by +occasional refugees was always sad. The Germans continued to shell the +defenseless city, and the Cathedral sustained more and more injuries, +but the beautiful stained-glass windows had been carefully taken down, +the broken pieces put together as far as possible, and the whole +shipped to safer places in France. The statue of Jeanne d'Arc within +the church had also been taken from its niche, while the one before the +Cathedral doors still remained unharmed by shot and shell. + +It comforted Mother Meraut to think of that valiant figure standing +alone amid such desolation. She had other things to comfort her as +well. With food and fresh air the roses bloomed again in the cheeks of +her children. Soon, too, the gardens began to yield early vegetables. +In the morning, instead of hearing the sound of guns, they were +awakened by bird-songs, or by the crowing of cocks and the bleating of +goats. These were pleasant sounds to the people of Fontanelle, for they +brought memories of peaceful and prosperous days, and the promise of +more to come. + +The rebuilding of the village was begun by the end of June, and the +sound of saws and hammers cheered them with the prospect of comfortable +homes before cold weather should come again. The work proceeded slowly, +for the workers were few, even though their good friend the Commandant +gave them all the help he could. There were now a multitude of little +chicks running about on what had been the stately lawns of the Chateau, +and there were twenty new little rabbits in the rabbit-hutch. As the +rabbits could not forage for themselves, it was necessary for others to +forage for them, and this work fell to the lot of Pierre and Pierrette. + +One summer morning one of the roosters crowed very, very early, and the +Twins, having no clock, supposed it was time for them to get up and go +for fresh leaves and roots for the rabbits, as they did every day. They +rose at once, and the sun was just peering above the eastern horizon as +they came out of the stable door. They went to the rabbit-hutch, and +the rabbits, seeing them, stood up on their hind legs and wiggled their +noses hungrily. + +"Rabbits do have awful appetites," said Pierre, a little ruefully, as +he looked down at the empty food-box. "Just think what a pile of things +we brought them yesterday." + +"There's nothing to do but get them more, I suppose," answered +Pierrette. + +"I know where there's just bushels and bushels of water-cress," said +Pierre, "but it's quite a long distance off. You know the brook that +flows through the meadow between here and camp? It's just stuffed with +it, and rabbits like it better than almost anything." + +"Let's go and get some now," said Pierrette. "We can take the +clothes-basket and bring back enough to last all day." + +Pierre went for the basket, and the two children started down the road +which ran beside the meadow toward the camp. It was so early that not +another soul in the village was up. Even the rooster had gone to sleep +again after his misguided crowing. One pale little star still winked in +the morning sky, but the birds were already winging and singing, as the +children, carrying the basket between them, set forth upon their quest. + +When they reached the brook, they set down the basket, took off their +wooden shoes, and, wading into the stream, began gathering great +bunches of the cress. They were so busy filling their basket that they +did not notice the sun had gone out of sight behind a cloud-bank, and +that the air was still with that strange breathless stillness that +precedes a storm. It was not until a loud clap of thunder, accompanied +by a flash of lightning, suddenly broke the silence, that they knew the +storm was upon them. When they looked up, the meadow grasses were bend +ing low before a sudden wind, and the trees were swaying to and fro as +if in terror, against the background of an angry sky. + +"Wow!" said Pierre. "I guess we're in for it! We can't possibly get +home before it breaks." + +"Oh," gasped Pierrette, as another peal of thunder shook the air, "I +don't want to stay out in it. What shall we do?" + +Pierre looked about him. A little distance beyond the brook, toward the +camp, there was a straw-stack with a rough straw-thatched shed beside +it, half hidden under a group of small trees. Pierre pointed to it. +"We'll leave the basket here," he said, "and hide under the straw until +the storm is over. Then we can come back again, get it, and go home." + +Another clap of thunder, louder still, sent them flying on their way, +and they did not speak again until they were under the shelter of the +shed. The first big drops fell as they reached it, and then the storm +broke in a fury of wind and water. The children cowered against the +stack itself as far as possible out of reach of the driving rain. + +They had been there but a few moments, when they heard a new sound in +addition to the roar of the wind and the patter of the rain upon the +leaves. It was the dull tread of heavy footsteps, and they were +surprised to see a man running toward the straw-stack, his head bent to +shield his face from the rain, under the brim of an old hat. His +clothes were rough and unkempt, and altogether his appearance was so +forbidding that the children instinctively dived under the straw at the +edge of the stack like frightened mice, and burrowed backward until +they were completely hidden, though they could still peep out through +the loose straw. + +The man reached the shed almost before they were out of view, but it +was evident that he had not seen them, for he did not glance in their +direction. He took off his hat and shook the rain-drops from it. Then +he wiped his face and neck with a soiled handkerchief and sat down on +the edge of a bench that had once been used for salting cattle. He sat +still for a little while, with his feet drawn up on the bench and his +hands clasping his knees, the better to escape the rain. Then he began +to grow restless. He walked back and forth and peered out into the rain +in the direction of the camp. The children were so frightened they +could hear their own hearts beat, but they had been in danger so many +times, and in so many different ways that they kept their presence of +mind, and were able to follow closely his every move. Soon they heard +the sound of more footsteps, and suddenly there dashed under the shed a +soldier in the uniform of France. It was evident that the first man +expected him, for he showed no surprise at his coming, and the two sat +down together on the bench and began to talk. + +The wind had now subsided a little, and though they spoke in low tones +the children could hear every word. + +"Whew!" said the soldier as he shook his rain-coat. "Nasty weather." + +"All the better for our purposes," answered the other man. "There's +less chance of our being seen." + +"Not much chance of that, anyway, so early in the morning as this," +answered the soldier, looking at his watch. "It's not yet four o'clock!" + +"Best not to linger, anyway," said the other man. "That Captain of +yours has the eyes of a hawk. I was up at camp the other day selling +cigarettes and chocolate, and he eyed me as if he was struck with my +beauty." + +"I wish you'd keep away from camp," said the soldier, impatiently. "It +isn't necessary, and you might run into some one who knew you back in +Germany. There are all kinds of people in the Foreign Legion. I tell +you, it isn't safe, and besides, I can get all the information we need +without it." + +"All right, General," responded the other, grinning. "But have you +_got_ it? That's the question. I expect that buzzard will be flying +around again over this field in a night or so,--the moon is 'most full +now, and the nights are light,--and I've got to be able to signal him +just how to find the powder magazine and the other munitions. Then he +can swoop right over there and drop one of his little souvenirs where +it will do the most good and fly away home. I advise you to keep away +from that section of the camp yourself." + +"Here is the map," said the soldier, drawing a paper from his pocket, +"and there are also statistics as to the number of men and all I can +find out about plans for using them. Take good care of it. It wouldn't +be healthy to be found with it on you." + +The first man pocketed the paper. "That's all, is it?" he asked. + +"All for this time, anyway," answered the soldier. + +The man looked at him narrowly. + +"Well," said the soldier, "what's the matter? Don't I look like a +Frenchman?" + +"You'd deceive the devil himself," answered the man with a short laugh. +"No one would ever think you were born in Bavaria. Don't forget and +stick up the corners of your mustache, though. That might give you +away. When do you think you can get over to see that fort?" + +"I don't know," answered the soldier sharply, "but I'll meet you here +day after to-morrow at the same hour. Auf Wiedersehen," and he was gone. + +After his departure, his companion lingered a moment, lit a cigarette, +looked up at the sky, and, seeing that the shower was nearly over, +strolled off in the opposite direction. + +The children, looking after him, saw him come upon their basket near +the brook, examine it carefully, and then look about in every direction +as if searching for the owners. Seeing no one, he gave it a kick and +passed on. They watched him, not daring to move until he turned toward +the river and was out of sight. Later they saw a boat come from the +shelter of some bushes on the bank, and slip quietly down the stream +with the man in it. + +When they dared move once more they crawled out from under the straw, +and Pierrette said, "Well, what do you think of that?" + +"Think!" Pierre said, choking with wrath. "I think he's a miserable dog +of a spy! They are both spies! And they are going to try to blow up the +whole camp! You come along with me." He seized Pierrette by the hand, +and the two flew over the wet meadow toward the distant camp. + +"Whatever should we do if we met that soldier?" gasped Pierrette, +breathless with running and excitement. + +"Look stupid," said Pierre promptly. "He didn't see us, and he'd never +dream we had seen him; but, by our blessed Saint Jeanne, this is where +I get even with the Germans! Let's find Jim and Uncle Sam." + +Reveille was just sounding as they entered the camp and presented +themselves at the door of Uncle Sam's tent. During the weeks that had +elapsed since their arrival in France, Jim and Uncle Sam had acquired a +fair working knowledge of the language, and, though it still remained a +queer mixture of French and English, they and the children managed to +understand each other very well. + +"Bonjour, kids!" cried Uncle Sam in astonishment, when he saw the two +children at the tent door. "What on earth are you doing here? Don't you +know visitors are not expected in camp at this hour?" + +"Sh--sh!" said Pierre, laying his finger on his lips. "Nobody must see +us! We have important news!" + +Uncle Sam sat up in bed. "Why, I believe you have," he said, looking +attentively at their pale faces. "Just wait a minute while I get my +clothes on. Here, you--Jim," he added, poking a recumbent figure in the +adjoining cot. "Roll out! It's reveille!" + +Jim sat up at once and rubbed his eyes, and, after a hurried +consultation, the two men turned the two children with their faces to +the wall in one corner of the tent, while they made a hasty toilet in +the other. + +"Now, then, out with it," said Uncle Sam a few moments later. "Que +vooly-voo? What's up?" + +Jim sat down beside him on the edge of the cot, and the two men +listened in amazement to the story the two children had to tell. When +they had finished, Uncle Sam wasted no words. "Come with me to the +Captain tooty sweet," he said. And Jim added, as he patted the Twins +tenderly on the head, "By George, mes enfants, you ought to get the war +cross for this day's work." + +A few moments more, and the children and Uncle Sam were ushered by an +orderly into the presence of the Captain, who was just in the act of +shaving. Uncle Sam's message to him had been so imperative that they +were admitted at once to his presence, even though his face was covered +with lather and he was likely to fill his mouth with soap if he opened +it. Uncle Sam saluted, and the Twins, wishing to be as polite as +possible, saluted too. The Captain returned the salute, and went on +shaving as he listened to their story, grunting now and then +emphatically instead of speaking, on account of the soap. When Pierre +came to what the soldier had said under the shed, he was so much +interested that he cut his chin. + +"So that's their program, is it?" he sputtered, soap and all, mopping +his chin. "But how on earth did you happen to be in such a place as +that at such an hour in the morning?" + +Pierre explained about the rabbits and the cress, and Uncle Sam added: +"They're from Fontanelle. Their father is a soldier wounded at the +Marne, and they lived under fire in Rheims for eight months before +coming here. They're some kids, believe me! They know what war is." + +"Yes," said the Captain, "I remember them; they came up the river some +weeks ago." Then he turned to the children. "Would you know that +soldier if you were to see him again?" he asked. + +"Oh, yes," said the children. + +"Very well," said the Captain, "the men will go to breakfast soon. You +stay with Sam and watch them, and if you see that man go by you step on +Sam's foot. No one must see you do it. Be sure you don't make a mistake +now," he added, "and if you really do unearth the rascal, it's the best +day's work you ever did, for yourselves as well as for France. Sam, you +report to me afterwards, and be sure you give no occasion for suspicion +to any one." + +"Yes, sir," said Sam, and saluted. Pierre and Pierrette saluted also. + +The Captain returned the salute with ceremony. "You are true soldiers +of France," he said to the Twins as they left his tent. + + +If their comrades were surprised to see Uncle Sam standing with two +children by his side while the others passed into the mess tent with +cups and plates in hand, no one said anything. It was a little +irregular to be sure--but then--Americans were always unexpected! For a +long time the men filed by, and still there was no sign of the face +they sought. At last, however, Pierre came down solidly on Uncle Sam's +right foot, and at the same time Pierrette touched his left with her +wooden shoe. There, right in front of them, carrying his plate and cup, +and twirling his mustache, was the man they sought! + +The Twins stood still, and not by the quiver of an eyelash did they +betray any excitement until the man had passed into the tent. Then +Uncle Sam said to them, "Now you scoot for home, or your Mother will be +worried to death! Tell your Father and Mother all about it, but don't +tell another soul at present." The children flew back across the +meadow, picked up their basket of cress, and when they reached the +Chateau, fed the hungry rabbits. Then they found their Father and +Mother and told them their morning's adventures. + + + +XIII. CHILDREN OF THE LEGION + +It must not be supposed, because things were more cheerful for the +inhabitants of Fontanelle, that they had forgotten the war. They were +reminded of it every day, not only by the presence of soldiers, but by +the sound of distant guns, and by the visits of German airplanes. Often +in the middle of the night an alarm would be given, and the people of +the village would spring from their beds and seek refuge in the cellars +of the Chateau--that is, all but Kathleen; she obstinately refused to +go, even when the Doctor reasoned with her. "Let me die in my bed," she +pleaded. "It's better form. Our best people have always done it, and +besides when I'm waked suddenly that way I'm apt to be cross." So, when +the sound of the buzzing motor was heard in the sky, she simply drew +the covers over her head, and stayed where she was, while a strange, +half-clad procession, recruited from stables and granary, filed into +the Chateau cellar. These raids were likely to occur on bright nights, +and as the time of the full moon approached, the people of the village +grew more watchful and slept less soundly. + +On the night following the adventure of the Twins in the meadow, though +the moon shone, no aerial visitor appeared, nor did one come the next +night after. Neither did any news from camp come to the village. Pierre +and Pierrette longed to tell Mademoiselle and the Doctor their secret, +but Uncle Sam had told them to share it with no one but their parents, +and they knew obedience was the first requisite of a good soldier; so +they said nothing, and nearly burst in consequence. They went no more +to the meadow after cress, however. Mother Meraut saw to that. If they +had gone there on the morning of the next day but one after their +encounter with the spies, they would have had a still more thrilling +experience, for at midnight Uncle Sam, Jim, and the Captain had quietly +stolen away from camp and hidden themselves in the straw. There they +stayed until in the gray of the early dawn they saw a boat come up the +river, and the slouching figure of the spy stalk across the meadow to +his rendez-vous under the shed. They stayed there until the soldier +appeared, and until they had heard with their own ears the plan for +signaling the German airplane that night, and for giving information +which would en able the aviator to blow up their stores of powder and +ammunition. Then, suddenly and swiftly, at a prearranged signal, the +three men sprang from the straw, and the astonished spies found +themselves surrounded and covered by the muzzles of three guns. They +saw at once that resistance was useless, and sullenly obeyed the +Captain's order to throw up their hands. They were then marched back to +camp, turned over to the proper authorities, and the next morning at +sunrise they met the fate of all spies who are caught. + +That was not the end of the affair, however, for, knowing that the +airplane which the spy had referred to as the "Buzzard" was to be +expected that night, and that the German aviator would look for signals +from the straw-stack, plans were made for his reception, and this part +of the drama was witnessed from the village as well as from the camp. +The night was clear, and at about eleven o'clock the whirr of a motor +was heard in the distance. The Doctor, who had returned late from a +visit to a sick patient in an adjoining village, heard it, and at once +gave the alarm. Out of their beds tumbled the sleepy people of +Fontanelle, and, wrapping themselves in blankets or any garment they +could snatch, they ran out of doors and gazed anxiously into the sky. + +Pierre and Pierrette, with their parents and grandparents, were among +the first to appear. They saw the black speck sail swiftly from the +east, and hover like a bird of ill omen over the meadows. No alarm +sounded from the camp, but suddenly from the shadows three French +planes shot into the air. Two at once engaged the enemy, while a third +cut off his retreat. The battle was soon over. There were sharp reports +of guns and blinding flashes of fire as the great machines whirled and +maneuvered in the air, and then the German, finding himself outnumbered +and with no way of escape, came to earth and was taken prisoner. + +"Three of 'em bagged, by George," exclaimed Jim to Uncle Sam, when the +aviator was safely locked up in the guardhouse, "and all due to the +pluck and sense of those two kids. If it hadn't been for them, the +chances are we'd all have been ready for cold storage by this time. +They've saved the camp--that's what they've done! There are explosives +enough stored here to have blown every one of us to Kingdom-come!" + +"Right you are, Jim," replied Uncle Sam with hearty emphasis, "we +surely do owe them something, and that's a cinch. Let's talk with the +boys." + +That night Uncle Sam and Jim made eloquent use of all the French they +knew as they sat about the camp-fire, and told the story of Pierre and +Pierrette to their comrades in arms. Not only did they tell of their +finding the spies and saving the camp from destruction, but of their +Father, wounded at the Marne, of their experience in the Cathedral at +Rheims, and of all they had suffered there, and especially of their +plucky Mother whose spirit no misfortune could break. And when they had +finished the tale, the men gave such a hearty cheer for the whole +Meraut family that it was heard in the village a mile away, though no +one there had the least idea what the noise was about. + +The next day Uncle Sam and Jim appeared in Fontanelle and told the +story of the spies to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, and then they held a +long private conference with Mother Meraut. The children were on pins +and needles to know what they were talking about, and why Mother Meraut +looked so happy afterward, but she only shook her head when they begged +her to tell them, and said, "Someday you'll find out." + +Two days later an orderly rode into the Chateau gate on horseback, and +inquired for Pierre and Pierrette Meraut. At the moment he arrived the +Twins were feeding the rabbits, but they came running to the gate when +their Mother called them, and the orderly handed them an envelope with +their names on it in large letters. The Twins were so excited they +could hardly wait to know what was inside. They had never before +received a letter. Their Mother opened it and read the contents to the +astonished children. This was the note:-- + +"The Commandant and men of the Foreign Legion request the pleasure of +the company of Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, and of all the people of +Fontanelle at a birthday party to be held at Camp (of course the exact +name of the camp has to be left out on account of the Censor) on July +14th at 4 o'clock in the afternoon. R. S. V. P." + +The eyes of Pierre and Pierrette almost popped out of their heads with +surprise. "Why, Mother," they cried, "that's our birthday! And it's +Bastille Day too! Do you suppose it is the birthday of the Commandant +also?" + +"Maybe," said their Mother, smiling. "Anyway it is the birthday of our +dear France." + +The orderly smiled, too, and touched his hat. "Is there an answer?" he +asked. + +"There will be," said Mother Meraut, "but first the others must be +told." + +The Twins ran with their wonderful letter to the dispensary and told +the Doctor. Then they found Mademoiselle, who, with Kathleen's +assistance, was putting a new tire on one wheel of the truck. They +found Louise mending a chicken-coop, and Mary and Martha sorting +supplies in the storeroom. They found all the other people of the +village, some in the garden and some working elsewhere, and every +single one said they should be delighted to go. + +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they returned to her and reported, "you +must write your acceptance." + +The Twins looked blank. "Can't we just tell him?" they asked anxiously. +"We can't write very well--not well enough to write to the Commandant." + +"Oh, but," said Mademoiselle, "I'm sure he will expect a letter, and +you must just write the very best you can, and it will be good enough, +I'm sure. Get writing-materials, and I will help you." + +At her direction Pierre brought paper and ink from her little house, +and the two children sat down on the ground beside the truck. + +"Now, what shall we say?" asked Pierrette. + +"I know," said Pierre; "let's say: 'Thank you for asking us to your +party. We are all coming. Amen!' Don't you think that would do?" + +Mademoiselle bent over her tire. "Yes," she said, "I think he will like +that, but I'd both sign it if I were you." + +So the Twins signed it and put it in an envelope and gave it to the +orderly, who promptly put it in his pocket, saluted, wheeled his horse, +and galloped away toward camp. + +The days before the party were full of excitement for the Twins. They +thought of nothing else, and how strange it was that Bastille Day and +the Commandant's birthday both should be the same as theirs. Mother +Meraut bought some cloth, and made Pierrette a new dress, and Pierre a +new blouse, to wear on the great occasion, and when the day finally +came, the children searched the fields to find flowers for a bouquet +for the Commandant; since they had no other birthday gift to offer him. + +At three o'clock in the afternoon the whole village was ready to start. +Mademoiselle drove the truck with the old people and little children +sitting in it on heaps of straw. Kathleen was the driver of the Ford +car, and had as passengers Father Meraut, because he was lame, and +Grandpere because he was Grandpere, and the Twins because it was their +birthday; and everybody else walked. + +When they reached the camp, they found Jim and Uncle Sam ready to act +as guard of honor to conduct them to the Commandant, who, with the +Captain beside him, waited to receive them beside the flagstaff at the +reviewing-stand of the parade-ground. It seemed very strange to Pierre +and Pierrette that they should walk before their parents, and even +before the Doctor and Mademoiselle, but Uncle Sam and Jim arranged the +procession, and placed them at its head. So, carrying their bouquet of +flowers, they followed obediently where their escort led. "Now, kids," +said Uncle Sam in a low voice as they neared the reviewing-stand, "walk +right up and mind your manners. Salute and give him the bouquet, and +speak your piece." + +"We haven't any piece to speak," quavered Pierrette, very much +frightened, "except to wish him many happy returns of his birthday." + +Uncle Sam's eyes twinkled. "That'll do all right," he said; only of +course he said it in French. + +The regiment was massed before the reviewing-stand as the little +company came forward to meet their host, and when at last Pierre and +Pierrette stood before the Commandant, with the beautiful flag of +France floating over them, though they had been fearless under +shell-fire, their knees knocked together with fright, and it was in a +very small voice that they said, together, "Bonjour, Monsieur le +Commandant, accept these flowers and our best wishes for many happy +returns of your birthday." + +The Commandant took the flowers and smiled down at them. "It is not my +birthday, my little ones," he said gently, "it is the birthday of our +glorious France and of two of her brave soldiers, Pierre and Pierrette +Meraut, as well, and the Foreign Legion is here to celebrate it! Come +up here beside me." He drew them up beside him on the reviewing-stand +and turned their astonished faces toward the regiment. + +"Men of the Foreign Legion," he said, "these are the children who +discovered two spies, and by reporting them saved our camp from +probable destruction." Then, turning again to the children, he said: +"By your prompt and intelligent action you have prevented a terrible +catastrophe. In recognition of your services the Foreign Legion desires +to make you honorary members of the regiment, and France is proud to +claim you as her children!" Then he pinned upon their breasts a cockade +of blue, white, and red, the colors of France, and kissed them on both +cheeks, the regiment meanwhile standing at attention. + +When he had finished the little ceremony, the men, responding to a +signal from the Captain; burst into a hearty cheer. "Vive Pierre! Vive +Pierrette! Vive tous les Meraut," they cried. + +For a moment the Twins stood stunned, petrified with astonishment, +looking at the cheering men and at the proud upturned faces of their +parents and the people of Fontanelle. Then Pierre was suddenly +inspired. He waved his hat in salutation to the flag which, floated +above them and shouted back to the regiment, "Vive la France!" and +Pierrette saluted and kissed her hand. Then the band struck up the +Marseillaise, and everybody sang it at the top of his lungs. + +It was a wonderful golden time that followed, for when the children had +thanked the Commandant, all the people of Fontanelle were invited to +sit on the reviewing-stand and watch the regiment go through the +regular drill and extra maneuvers in honor of the day, and when that +was over, the guests were escorted back to the mess tent, and there +they had supper with the men. Moreover, the camp cook had made a +magnificent birthday cake, all decorated with little French flags. It +was cut with the Captain's own sword, and though there wasn't enough +for the whole regiment, every one from Fontanelle had a bite, and +Pierre and Pierrette each had a whole piece. + +When the beautiful bright day was over and they were back again in +Fontanelle, the Twins found that even this was not the end of their joy +and good fortune, for Mother Meraut told them that the regiment had put +in her care a sum of money to provide for their education. "Children of +such courage and good sense must be well equipped to serve their +country when they grow up," the Commandant had said, and the men, +responding to his appeal, had put their hands in their pockets and +brought out a sum sufficient to make such equipment possible. + +More than that, Uncle Sam and Jim had two small uniforms made for +them,--only Pierrette's had a longer skirt to the coat,--and on parade +days and other great occasions they wore them to the camp, with the +blue, white, and red cockades pinned proudly upon their breasts. +Indeed, they became the friends and pets of the whole regiment, and +were quite as much at home with the soldiers as with the people of +Fontanelle. + +Then one day Uncle Sam had a letter from home in which there was +wonderful news. It said that the city of Rheims had been "adopted" by +the great, rich city of Chicago far away across the seas, and that some +happy day when the war should be over and peace come again to the +distracted world, Rheims should rise again from its ashes, rebuilt by +its American friends. + +In this hope the Twins still live and work, performing their duties +faithfully each day, like good soldiers, and praying constantly to the +Bon Dieu and their adored Saint Jeanne that the blessings which have +come to them may yet come also to all their beloved France. + + + +PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY + +KEY + +ale, care, am, arm, ask; eve, end; menu, ice, ill; old, obey, orb, odd; +food; zh = z in azure; N = the French nasal. ' An apostrophe indicates +a short sounding of the preceding consonant. + +_Proper Names_ + + Aisne + Amerique + Boche + Charly + Corbeille + Coudert + Fifine + Jacqueline + Jacques + Jeanne d'Arc + Marseillaise + Meraut + Pierre + Rheims + Varennes + Vesle + + +_French Words and Phrases_ + +Abbe + +Bon Dieu (Heavenly Father) + +Bonjour (Good-day; hello; how do you do?) + +chateau (castle) + +combattre le Boche (fight the Boche) + +grand'mere (grandmother) + +grandpere (grandfather) + +"Les Americains des Etats-Unis, duns l'uniforme de la France. Mais +maintenant nous exterminons le Boche." ("Americans from the United +States, in the uniform of France. Surely now we shall crush out the +Boche.") + +Mille tonneurs! (Great heavens!) + +Que voulez-vous? (What do you wish?) + +Verger + +Vive (Long live) + +Vive la France (Long life to France!) + +Vive tous les Meraut (Long life to all the Meraut family.) + +"Auf Wiedersehen" (German: "Till we meet again," or "Good-bye.") + +"Lieb' Vaterland, macht ruhig sein" (German national anthem: "Dear +Fatherland, be tranquil.") + + + +SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS + +The French Twins offers a valuable supplement to the study of current +events. In the first place, there is no problem of arousing interest in +the nation which this book represents. France and the French people +have from the outbreak of the Great War compelled new and intense +interest and sympathy from all Americans; and each fresh insight into +the character, life, and ideals of the country is eagerly welcomed. +Moreover, in any class there will be few children who cannot claim +either a relative or a friend who has served in the War; and many, like +Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, will have had soldier fathers, thereby +creating a bond between themselves and the Merauts strong enough to +guarantee the pupils' interest throughout the reading of the book. Like +the other books of the "Twins Series," _The French Twins_ adapts itself +readily to dramatization. + +In providing adequate background for the story, the teacher will find +fertile resources in newspapers and magazines. _The Red Cross +Magazine_, _The National Geographic Magazine_, the Boy Scout and the +Girl Scout publications, are readily accessible and contain much +valuable supplementary material for classroom use. The Foreign Legion, +the Battles of the Marne, Joffre's visit to the United States, Rheims +Cathedral, important events near the scenes of the story, etc., can be +made clear and real to the children by the aid of maps, illustrations, +and articles in these magazines, and by means of picture post-cards, +and other material from other sources. The story of the founding of the +Red Cross, the origin of its flag, etc., will help to vivify the +incidents connected with this organization. + +As for French history, the two focus points are the stoniest of Joan of +Arc and Bastille Day. Both furnish abundance of colorful detail and +incident upon which to build the pupils' conceptions of the spirit and +ideals of the French people. In the case of Bastille Day, correlation +should be made between that day and our own Independence Day, comparing +the French and American Revolutions and indicating the similar +circumstances in the two movements. Lafayette's part in our War of the +Revolution and America's payment of our debt to France in the Great War +form another means of making familiar to the children the story of our +historic friendship with France. + +While _The French Twins_ is a war story, soldiers and trenches and +battle-fields are nevertheless not the main features; on the contrary, +_The French Twins_ depicts the necessary part played by women, +children, and old people during the War, and shows how the spirit and +aims of the soldiers' families have been the same as those of the +soldiers themselves. Self-control, endurance, and cheerfulness at home +are proved to be as much a part of true bravery as fearlessness in +battle. Since the soldier's part in the War has been held closely to +everyone's attention, the reading of this story will supply a balancing +view of the other side of war; and the pupils' perspective of the whole +cannot fail to gain in scope. + +Books which may be commended to the teacher, for descriptions of +various aspects of the Great War, are: Hay's _The First Hundred +Thousand_; Nicolas's _Campaign Diary of a French Officer_; Aldrich's _A +Hilltop on the Marne_; Hall's _High Adventure_ and _Kitcheners Mob_; +Buswell's _Ambulance No. 10_; Haigh's _Life in a Tank_; Stevenson's +_From "Poilu" to "Yank"_; two anonymous books, _The Retreat from Mons_ +and _Friends of France_; Paine's _The Fighting Fleets_; and Root and +Crocker's _Over Periscope Pond_. + +For children's reading, we suggest Mrs. Perkins's _The Belgian Twins_, +Sara Cone Bryant's _I am an American_, Thwaites and Kendall's _History +of the United States_, Tappan's _Little Book of the War_, and such +compilations as _Stories of Patriotism_ and _The Patriotic Reader_. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The French Twins, by Lucy Fitch Perkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRENCH TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 4091.txt or 4091.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/9/4091/ + +Produced by Lynn Hill. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/4091.zip b/4091.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd240c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/4091.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2683f00 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4091 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4091) diff --git a/old/frtwn10.txt b/old/frtwn10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b95311 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/frtwn10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3361 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The French Twins +by Lucy Fitch Perkins +(#6 in our series by Lucy Fitch Perkins) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before distributing this or any other +Project Gutenberg file. + +We encourage you to keep this file, exactly as it is, on your +own disk, thereby keeping an electronic path open for future +readers. Please do not remove this. + +This header should be the first thing seen when anyone starts to +view the etext. Do not change or edit it without written permission. +The words are carefully chosen to provide users with the +information they need to understand what they may and may not +do with the etext. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get etexts, and +further information, is included below. We need your donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: The French Twins + +Author: Lucy Fitch Perkins + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4091] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on November 21, 2001] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The French Twins +by Lucy Fitch Perkins +******This file should be named frtwn10.txt or frtwn10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, frtwn11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, frtwn10a.txt + +Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep etexts in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our etexts one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +etexts, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2001 as we release over 50 new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 4000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts. We need +funding, as well as continued efforts by volunteers, to maintain +or increase our production and reach our goals. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of November, 2001, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, +Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, +Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, +Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, +Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, +and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fundraising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fundraising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + +Produced for Project Gutenberg by Lynn Hill + +This PG project is dedicated to the "Twins Team" of Luana, +Miriam, and DeWayne, who all helped keep me going through thick +and thin. If anybody out there has more "Twins" books which you +would be willing to share with PG, please let me know! + +Contact info: hill_lynn@hotmail.com + + + +To all friends of the brave children of France + +Map of the Voyage + +THE FRENCH TWINS + +by Lucy Fitch Perkins + + + +CONTENTS + +I. THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE +II. ON THE WAY H0ME +III. THE COMING OF THE GERMANS +IV. THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH +V. AT MADAMS COUDERT'S +VI. THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL +VII. HOME AGAIN +VIII. REFUGEES +IX. THE FOREIGN LEGION +X. FONTANELLE +XI. A SURPRISE +XII. MORNING IN THE MEADOW +XIII. CHILDREN OF THE LEGION + + + +I. THE CHURCH AND THE PEOPLE + +The sunlight of the clear September afternoon shone across the +roofs of the City of Rheims, and fell in a yellow flood upon the +towers of the most beautiful cathedral in the world, turning them +into two shining golden pillars against the deep blue of the +eastern sky. + +The streets below were already in shadow, but the sunshine still +poured through the great rose window above the western portal, +lighting the dim interior of the church with long shafts of +brilliant reds, blues, and greens, and falling at last in a +shower of broken color upon the steps of the high altar. +Somewhere in the mysterious shadows an unseen musician touched +the keys of the great organ, and the voice of the Cathedral +throbbed through its echoing aisles in tremulous waves of sound. +Above the deep tones of the bass notes a delicate melody floated, +like a lark singing above the surf. + +Though the great church seemed empty but for sound and color, +there lingered among its shadows a few persons who loved it well. +There were priests and a few worshipers. There was also Father +Varennes, the Verger, and far away in one of the small chapels +opening from the apse in the eastern end good Mother Meraut was +down upon her knees, not praying as you might suppose, but +scrubbing the stone floor. Mother Meraut was a wise woman; she +knew when to pray and when to scrub, and upon occasion did both +with equal energy to the glory of God and the service of his +Church. Today it was her task to make the little chapel clean and +sweet, for was not the Abbe coming to examine the Confirmation +Class in its catechism, and were not her own two children, Pierre +and Pierette, in the class? In time to the heart-beats of the +organ, Mother Meraut swept her brush back and forth, and it was +already near the hour for the class to assemble when at last she +set aside her scrubbing-pail, wiped her hands upon her apron, and +began to dust the chairs which had been standing outside the +arched entrance, and to place them in orderly rows within the +chapel. + +She had nearly completed her task, when there was a tap-tapping +upon the stone floor, and down the long aisle, leaning upon his +crutch, came Father Varennes. He stopped near the chapel and +watched her as she whisked the last chair into place and then +paused with her hands upon her hips to make a final inspection of +her work. + +"Bonjour, Antoinette," said the Verger. + +Mother Meraut turned her round, cheerful face toward him. "Ah, it +is you, Henri," she cried, "come, no doubt, to see if the chapel +is clean enough for the Abbe! Well, behold." + +The Verger peered through the arched opening, and sniffed the +wet, soapy smell which pervaded the air. "One might even eat from +your clean floor, Antoinette," he said, smiling, "and taste +nothing worse with his food than a bit of soap. Truly the chapel +is as clean as a shriven soul." + +"It's a bold bit of dirt that would try to stand out against me," +declared Mother Meraut, with a flourish of her dust-cloth, "for +when I go after it I think to myself, 'Ah, if I but had one of +those detestable Germans by the nose, how I would grind it!' and +the very thought brings such power to my elbow that I check +myself lest I wear through the stones of the floor." + +The Verger laughed, then shook his head. "Truly, Antoinette," he +said, "I believe you could seize your husband's gun if he were to +fall, and fill his place in the Army as well as you fill his +place here in the Cathedral, doing a man's work with a woman's +strength, and smiling as if it were but play! Our France can +never despair while there are women like you." + +"My Jacques shall carry his own gun," said Mother Meraut, +stoutly, "and bring it home with him when the war is over, if God +wills, and may it be soon! Meanwhile I will help to keep our holy +Cathedral clean as he used to do. It is not easy work, but one +must do what one can, and surely it is better to do it with +smiles than with tears!" + +The Verger nodded. "That is true," he said, "yet it is hard to +smile in the face of sorrow." + +"But we must smile--though our hearts break--for France, and for +our children, lest they forget joy!" cried Mother Meraut. She +smiled as she spoke, though her lip trembled "I will you the +truth, Henri, sometimes when I think of what the Germans have +already done in Belgium, and may yet do in France, I feel my +heart breaking in my bosom. And then I say to myself, 'Courage, +Antoinette! It is our business to live bravely for the France +that is to be when this madness is over. Our armies are still +between us and the Boche. It is not time to be afraid.'" + +"And I tell you, they shall not pass," cried Father Varennes, +striking his crutch angrily upon the stone floor. "The brave +soldiers of France will not permit it! Oh, if I could but carry a +gun instead of this!" He rattled his crutch despairingly as he +spoke. + +Mother Meraut sighed. "Though I am a woman, I too wish I might +fight the invaders," she said, "but since I may not carry a gun, +I will put all the more energy into my broom and sweep the dirt +from the Cathedral as I would sweep the Germans back to the Rhine +if I could." + +"It is, indeed, the only way for women, children, and such as I," +grieved the Verger. + +"Tut, tut," answered Mother Meraut cheerfully, "it isn't given us +to choose our service. If God had wanted us to fight he would +have given us power to do it." + +The Verger shook his head. "I wish I were sure of that," he said, +"for there's going to be need for all the fighting blood in +France if half one hears is true. They say now that the Germans +are already far over the French border and that our Army is +retreating before them. The roads are more than ever crowded with +refugees, and the word they bring is that the Germans have +already reached the valley of the Aisne." + +"But that is at our very doors!" cried Mother Meraut. "It is +absurd, that rumor. Chicken hearts! They listen to nothing but +their fears. As for me, I will not believe it until I must. I +will trust in the Army as I do in my God and the holy Saints." + +"Amen," responded the Verger devoutly. + +At this moment the great western portal swung on its hinges, a +patch of light showed itself against the gloom of the interior of +the Cathedral, and the sound of footsteps and of fresh young +voices mingled with the tones of the organ. + +"It's the children, bless their innocent hearts," said Mother +Meraut. "I hear the voices of my Pierre and Pierrette." + +"And I of my Jean," said the Verger, starting hastily down the +aisle. "The little magpies forget they must be quiet in the House +of God!" He shook his finger at them and laid it warningly upon +his lips. The noise instantly subsided, and it was a silent and +demure little company that tiptoed up the aisle, bent the knee +before the altar, and then filed past Mother Meraut into the +chapel which she had made so clean. + +Pierre and Pierrette led the procession, and Mother Meraut beamed +with pride as they blew her a kiss in passing. They were children +that any mother might be proud of. Pierrette had black, curling +hair and blue eyes with long black lashes, and Pierre was a +straight, tall, and manly-looking boy. The Twins were nine years +old. + +Mother Meraut knew many of the children in the Confirmation +Class, for they were all schoolmates and companions of Pierre and +Pierrette. There was Paul, the sore of the inn-keeper, with +Marie, his sister. There was Victor, whose father rang the +Cathedral chimes. There were David and Genevieve, and Madeleine +and Virginie and Etienne, and last of all there was jean, the +Verger's son--little Jean, the youngest in the class. Mother +Meraut nodded to them all as they passed. + +Promptly on the first stroke of the hour the Abbe appeared in the +north transept of the Cathedral and made his way with quick, +decided steps toward the chapel. He was a young man with thick +dark hair almost concealed beneath his black three-cornered cap, +and as he walked, his long black soutane swung about him in +vigorous folds. When he appeared in the door of the chapel the +class rose politely to greet him. "Bonjour, my children," said +the Abbe, and then, turning his back upon them, bowed before the +crucifix upon the chapel altar. + +Mother Meraut and the Verger slipped quietly away to their work +in other portions of the church, and the examination began. First +the Abby asked the children to recite the Lord's Prayer, the +Creed, and the Ten Commandments in unison, and when they had done +this without a mistake, he said "Bravo! Now I wonder if you can +each do as well alone? Let me see, I will call upon--" He paused +and looked about as if he were searching for the child who was +most likely to do it well. + +Three girls--Genevieve, Virginie, and Pierrette--raised their +hands and waved them frantically in the air, but, curiously +enough, the Abbe did not seem to see them. Instead his glance +fell upon Pierre, who was gazing thoughtfully at the vaulted +ceiling and hoping with all his heart that the Abbe would not +call upon him. "Pierre!" he said, and any one looking at him very +closely might have seen a twinkle in his eye as Pierre withdrew +his gaze from the ceiling and struggled reluctantly to his feet. +"You may recite the Ten Commandments." + +Pierre began quite glibly, "Thou shalt have no other gods before +me," and went on, with only two mistakes and one long wait, until +he had reached the fifth. "Thou shalt not kill," he recited, and +then to save his life he could not think what came next. He gazed +imploringly at the ceiling again, and at the high stained-glass +window, but they told him nothing. He kicked backward gently, +hoping that Pierrette, who sat next, would prompt him, but she +too failed to respond. "I'll ask a question," thought Pierre des +perately, "and while the Abbe is answering maybe it will come to +me." Aloud he said: "If you please, your reverence, I don't +understand about that commandment. It says, 'Thou shalt not +kill,' and yet our soldiers have gone to war on purpose to kill +Germans, and the priests blessed them as they marched away!" + +This was indeed a question! The class gasped with astonishment at +Pierre's boldness in asking it. The Abbe paused a moment before +answering. Then he said, "If you, Pierre, were to shoot a man in +the street in order to take his purse, would that be wrong?" + +"Yes," answered the whole class. + +"Very well," said the Abbe, "so it would. But if you should see a +murderer attack your mother or your sister, and you should kill +him before he could carry out his wicked purpose, would that be +just the same thing?" + +"No," wavered the class, a little doubtfully. + +"If instead of defending your mother or sister you were simply to +stand aside and let the murderer kill them both, you would really +be helping the murderer, would you not? It is like that today in +France. An enemy is upon us who seeks to kill us so that he may +rob us of our beautiful home land. God sees our hearts. He knows +that the soldiers of France go forth not to kill Germans but to +save France! not wantonly to take life, but because it is the +only way to save lives for which they themselves are ready to +die. Ah, my children, it is one thing to kill as a murderer +kills; it is quite another to be willing to die that others may +live! Our Blessed Lord--" + +The Abbe lifted his hand to make the sign of the Cross--but it +was stayed in mid-air. The sentence he had begun was never +finished, for at that moment the great bell in the Cathedral +tower began to ring. It was not the clock striking the hour; it +was not the chimes calling the people to prayer. Instead, it was +the terrible sound of the alarm bell ringing out a warning to the +people of Rheims that the Germans were at their doors. + +Wide-eyed with terror, the children sprang from their seats, but +the Abbe, with hand uplifted, blocked the entrance and commanded +them to stay where they were. + +"Let no one leave the Cathedral," he cried. + +At this instant Mother Meraut appeared upon the threshold +searching for her children, and behind her, coming as fast as his +lameness would permit, came the Verger. The Abbe turned to them. +"I leave these children all in your care," he said. "Stay with +them until I return." + +And without another word he disappeared in the shadows. + +Mother Meraut sat down on one of the chairs she had dusted so +carefully, and gathered the frightened children about her as a +hen gathers her chickens under her wing. "There, now," she said +cheerfully, as she wiped their tears upon the corner of her +apron, "let's save our tears until we really know what we have to +cry for. There never yet was misery that couldn't be made worse +by crying, anyway. The boys will be brave, of course, whatever +happens. And the girls--surely they will remember that it was a +girl who once saved France, and meet misfortune bravely, like our +blessed Saint Jeanne d'Arc." + +The Cathedral organ had ceased to fill the great edifice with +sweet and inspiring sounds. Instead, there now was only the +muffled tread of marching feet, the rumble of heavy wheels, and +the low, ominous beating of drums to break the stillness. + +Mother Meraut and the children waited obediently in the chapel, +scarcely breathing in their suspense, while Father Varennes went +tap-tapping up and down the aisles eagerly watching for the Abbe +to reappear. At last he came. Mother Meraut, the Verger, and the +children all crowded about him, waiting breathlessly for him to +speak. + +The Abbe was pale, but his voice was firm. "I have been to the +north tower," he said, "and there I could see for miles in every +direction. Far away to the east and north are massed the hordes +of the German Army; they are coming toward Rheims as a thunder- +cloud comes rolling over the sky. Between us and them is our +Army, but alas, their faces are turned this way. They are +retreating before the German hosts! Already French troops are +marching through Rheims; already the streets are filled with +people who are fleeing from their homes for fear of the Boche. +Unless God sends a miracle, our City is indeed doomed, for a time +at least, to wear the German yoke." + +He paused, and the children burst into wild weeping. Mother +Meraut hushed them with comforting words. "Do not cry, my +darlings," she said. "God is not dead, and we shall yet live to +see justice done and our dear land restored to us. The soldiers +now in the streets are all our own brave defenders. We shall be +able to go in safety, even though in sorrow, to our homes." + +"Come," said the Abbe, "there is no time to lose. Our Army will, +without doubt, make a stand on the plains west of the City, and +it will not be long before the Germans pass through. You must go +to your homes as fast as possible. Henri, you remain here with +your Jean, that you may meet any of the parents who come for +their children. Tell them I have gone with them myself and will +deliver each child safely at his own door." + +"I can take cart of my own," said Mother Meraut. "You need have +no fear for us." + +"Very well," said the Abbe, and, calling the rest of the children +about him, he marched them down the aisle and out into the +street. + +Mother Meraut followed with Pierre and Pierrette. At the door +they paused and stood for a moment under the great sculptured +arches to survey the scene before them. The great square before +the Cathedral was filled with people, some weeping, others +standing about as if dazed by sorrow. Between the silent crowds +which lined the sidewalks passed the soldiers, grim and with set +faces, keeping time to the throbbing of the drums as they +marched. Above the scene, in the center of the square, towered +the beautiful statue of Jeanne d'Arc, mounted upon her charger +and lifting her sword toward the sky. + +"Ah," murmured Mother Meraut to herself, "our blessed Maid still +keeps guard above the City!" She lifted her clasped hands toward +the statue. "Blessed Saint Jeanne," she prayed, "hear us in +Paradise, and come once more to save our beautiful France!" + +Then, waving a farewell to the Verger and Jean, who had followed +them to the door, she took her children by the hand and plunged +with them into the sad and silent crowd. + + + +II. ON THE WAY HOME + +For some time after leaving the Cathedral, Mother Meraut and the +Twins lingered in the streets, forgetful of everything but the +retreating Army and the coming invasion. Everywhere there were +crowds surging to and fro. Some were hastening to close their +places of business and put up their shutters before the Germans +should arrive. Some were hurrying through the streets carrying +babies and bundles. Others were wheeling their few belongings +upon barrows or in baby-carriages. Still others flew by on +bicycles with packages of clothing fastened to the handle-bars; +and there were many automobiles loaded to the brim with household +goods and fleeing families. + +Doors were flung open and left swinging on their hinges as people +escaped, scarcely looking behind them as they fled. These were +refugees from Rheims itself. There were many others wearily +plodding through the City, people who had come from Belgium and +the border towns of France. Some who had come from farms drove +pitiful cattle before them, and some journeyed in farm wagons, +with babies and old people, chickens, dogs, and household goods +mixed in a heap upon beds of straw. In all the City there was not +a cheerful sight, and everywhere, above all other sounds, were +heard the rumble of wheels, the sharp clap-clap of horses' hoofs +upon the pavement, and the steady beat of marching feet. + +At last, weary and heartsick, the three wanderers turned into a +side street and stepped into a little shop where food was sold. +"We must have some supper," said Mother Meraut to the Twins, +"Germans or no Germans! One cannot carry a stout heart above an +empty stomach! And if it is to be our last meal in French Rheims, +let us at least make it a good one!" Though there was a catch in +her voice, she smiled almost gaily as she spoke. "Who knows?" she +went on. "Perhaps after to-morrow we shall be able to get nothing +but sauerkraut and sausage!" + +The shop was not far from the little home of the Merauts, and +they often bought things of stout Madame Coudert, whose round +face with its round spectacles rose above the counter like a full +moon from behind a cloud. "Ah, mon amie," said Mother Meraut as +she entered the shop, "it is good to see you sitting in your +place and not running away like a hare before the hounds!" + +Madame Coudert shrugged her shoulders. "But of what use is it to +run when one has no place to run to?" she demanded. "As for me, I +stay by the shop and die at least respectably among my own cakes +and pies. To run through the country and die at last in a ditch-- +it would not suit me at all!" + +"Bravo," cried Mother Meraut triumphantly. "Just my own idea! My +children and I will remain in our home and take what comes, +rather than leap from the frying-pan into the fire as so many are +doing. If every one runs away, there will be no Rheims at all." +Then to Pierre and Pierrette she said "Choose, each of you. What +shall we buy for our supper?" + +Pierre pointed a grimy finger at a small cake with pink frosting. +"That," he said briefly. + +His mother smiled. "Ah, Pierre, that sweet-tooth of yours!" she +cried. "Like Marie Antoinette you think if one lacks bread one +may eat cakes! And now it is Pierrette's turn; only be quick, ma +mie, for it is already late." + +"Eggs," said Pierrette promptly, "for one of your savory omelets, +mamma, and a bit of cheese." + +The purchases were quickly made, and, having said good-night to +Madame Coudert, they hurried on to the little house in the Rue +Charly where they lived. When they reached home, it was already +quite dark. Mother Meraut hastened up the steps and unlocked the +door, and in less time than it takes to tell it her bonnet was +off, the fire was burning, and the omelet was cooking on the +stove. + +Pierrette set the table. "I'm going to place father's chair too," +she said to her mother. "He is no doubt thinking of us as we are +of him, and it will make him stem nearer." + +Mother Meraut nodded her head without speaking, and wiped her +eyes on her apron as she slid the omelet on to a hot plate. Then +she seated herself opposite the empty chair and with a steady +voice prayed for a blessing upon the food and upon the Armies of +France. + +When they had finished supper, cleared it away, and put the +kitchen in order, Mother Meraut pointed to the clock. "Voila!" +she cried, "hours past your bedtime, and here you are still +flapping about like two young owls! To bed with you as fast as +you can go." + +"But, Mother," began Pierre. + +"Not a single 'but,'" answered his Mother, wagging her finger at +him. "Va!" + +The children knew protest was useless, and in a few minutes they +were snugly tucked away. Long after they were both sound asleep, +their Mother sat with her head bowed upon the table, listening, +listening to the distant sound of marching feet. At last, worn +out with grief and anxiety, shat too undressed, said her rosary, +and, after a long look at her sleeping children, blew out the +candle and crept into bed beside Pierrette. + +Silence and darkness settled down upon the little household, and, +for a time at least, their sorrows were forgotten in the blessed +oblivion of sleep. + + + +III. THE COMING OF THE GERMANS + +When the Twins opened their eyes the next morning, the first +thing they saw was the sun shining in at the eastern window of +the kitchen, and Mother Meraut bending over the fire. There was a +smell of chocolate in the air, and on the table there were rolls +and butter. Pierre yawned and rubbed his eyes. Pierrette sat up +and tried to think what it was she was so unhappy about; sleep +had, for the time being, swept the terrors of the night quite out +of her mind. In an instant more the fearful truth rolled over her +like a wave, and she sank back upon the pillow with a little +moan. + +Her Mother heard and understood. She too had waked from sleep to +sorrow, but she only cried out cheerfully, "Bonjour, my sleepy +heads! Last night you did not want to go to your beds at all. +This morning you wish not to leave them! Hop into your clothes as +fast as you can, or we shall be late." + +"Late where?" asked Pierre. + +"To my work at the Cathedral, to be sure," answered Mother Meraut +promptly. "Where else? Did you think the Germans would make me +sit at home and cry for terror while my work waits? Whoever rules +in Rheims, the Cathedral still stands and must be kept clean." + +It was wonderful how the dismal world brightened to Pierre and +Pierrette as they heard their Mother's brave voice. They flew out +of bed at once and were dressed in a twinkling. + +While they ate their breakfast, Pierre thought of a plan. "We +ought to take a lot of food with us to-day," he said to his +Mother. "There's no telling what may happen before night. Maybe +we can't get home at all and shall have to sleep in the +Cathedral." + +"Oh," shuddered Pierrette, "among all those tombs?" + +"There are worse places where one might sleep," said the Mother. +"The dead are less to be feared than the living, and the +Cathedral is the safest place in Rheims." She brought out a +wicker basket and began to pack it with food as she talked. First +she put in two pots of jam. "There," said she, "that's the jam +Grandmother made from her gooseberries at the farm." + +She paused, struck by a new alarm. Her father and mother lived in +a tiny village far west of Rheims. What if the Germans should +succeed in getting so far as that? What would become of them? She +shut her fears in her breast, saying nothing to the children, and +went on filling the basket. "Here is a bit of cheese left from +last night. I'll put that in, and a pat of butter," she said; +"but we must stop at Madame Coudert's for more bread. You two +little pigs have eaten every scrap there was in the house." + +"There are eggs left," suggested Pierrette. + +"So there are, ma mie," said her Mother. "We will boil them all +and take them with us. There's a great deal of nourishment in +eggs." She flew to get the saucepan, and while the eggs bubbled +and boiled on the stove, she and the children set the little +kitchen in order and got themselves ready for the street. + +It was after nine o'clock when at last Mother Meraut took the +basket on her arm and gave Pierrette her knitting to carry, and +the three started down the steps. + +"Everything looks just the same as it did yesterday," said +Pierrette as they walked down the street. "There's that little +raveled-out dog that always barks at Pierre, and there's Madame +Coudert's cat asleep on the railing, just as she always is." + +"Yes," said Mother Meraut, with a sigh, "the cats and dogs are +the same, it is only the people who are different!" + +They entered the shop and exchanged greetings with Madame +Coudert. They had bought a long loaf of bread, and Mother Mcraut +was just opening her purse to pay for it, when suddenly a shot +rang out. It was followed by the rattle of falling tiles. Another +and another came, and soon there was a perfect rain of shot and +shell. + +"It is the Germans knocking at the door of Rheims before they +enter," remarked Madame Coudert with grim humor. "I did not +expect so much politeness!" + +Mother Meraut did not reply. For once her cheerful tongue found +nothing comforting to say. Pierre clung to her arm, and Pierrette +put her fingers in her ears and hid her face against her Mother's +breast. + +For some time the deafening sounds continued. From the window +they could see people running for shelter in every direction. A +man came dashing down the street; dodging falling tiles as he +ran, and burst into Madame Coudert's shop. He had just come from +the Rue Colbert and had news to tell. "The Boches have sent an +emissary to the Mayor to demand huge supplies of provisions from +the City, and a great sum of money besides," he told them, as he +gasped for breath. "They are shelling the champagne cellars and +the public buildings of the City to scare us into giving them +what they demand. The German Army will soon be here." + +In a few moments there was a lull in the roar of the guns, and +then in the distance another sound was heard. It was a mighty +song of triumph as the conquerors came marching into Rheims! + +"There won't be any more shooting for a while anyway," said the +stranger, who had now recovered his breath. "They won't shell the +City while it's full of their own men. I'm going to see them come +in." + +All Pierre's fears vanished in an instant. "Come on," he cried, +wild with excitement; "let us go too." + +"I'll not stir a foot from my shop," said Madame Coudert firmly. +"I don't want to see the Germans, and if they want to see me, +they can come where I am." + +But Pierre had not waited for a reply, from her or any one else. +He was already running up the street. + +"Catch him, catch him," gasped Mother Meraut. + +Pierrette dashed after Pierre, and as she could run like the +wind, she soon caught up with him and seized him by the skirt of +his blouse. "Stop! stop!" she screamed. "Mother doesn't want you +to go." + +But she might as well have tried to argue with a hurricane. +Pierre danced up and down with rage, as Pierrette braced herself, +and firmly anchored him by his blouse. "Leggo, leggo!" he +shrieked. "I'm going, I tell you! I'm not afraid of any Germans +alive." + +Just then, panting and breathless, Mother Meraut arrived upon the +scene. While Pierrette held on to his blouse, she attached +herself to his left ear. It had a very calming effect upon +Pierre. He stopped tugging to get away lest he lose his ear. + +"Foolish boy," said his Mother, "see how much trouble you give +me! You shall see the Germans, but you shall not run away from +me. If we should get separated, God only knows whether we should +ever find each other again." + +The music had grown louder and louder, and was now very near. +"I'll stay with you, if you'll only go," pleaded Pierre, "but you +aren't even moving." + +"Come, Pierrette," said his Mother, "take hold of his left arm. I +will attend to his right; he might forget again. What he really +needs is a bit and bridle!" + +The three moved up the street, Pierre chafing inwardly, but +helpless in his Mother's grasp, and at the next crossing the +great spectacle burst upon them. A whole regiment of cavalry was +passing, singing at the top of their lungs, "Lieb' Vaterland, +macht ruhig sein." The sun glistened on their helmets, and the +clanking of swords and the jingling of spurs kept time with the +swelling chorus. After the cavalry came soldiers on foot--miles +of them. + +"Oh," murmured Pierrette, clinging to +her Mother, "it's like a river of men!" + +Her Mother did not answer. Pierrette looked up into her face. The +tears were streaming down her cheeks, but her head was proudly +erect. She looked at the other French people about them. There +were tears on many cheeks, but not a head was bowed. Pierre was +glaring at the troops and muttering through his teeth: "Just you +wait till I grow up! I'll make you pay for this, you pirates! +I'll--" + +"Hush!" whispered Pierrette. "Suppose they should hear you!" + +"I don't care if they do! I wish they would!" raged Pierre. "I'm +going--" + +But the German Army was destined not to suffer the consequences +of Pierre's wrath. He did not even have a chance to tell +Pierrette his plan for their destruction, for at this point his +Mother, unable longer to endure the sight, dragged him forcibly +from the scene. "They shall not parade their colors before me," +she said firmly, "I will not stand still and look in silence upon +my conquerors! If I could but face them with a gun, that would be +different!" + +She led the children through a maze of small streets by a +roundabout way to the Cathedral, and there they were met at the +entrance by the Verger, who gazed at them with sad surprise. +"You've been out in the street during the bombardment," he said +reproachfully. "It's just like you, Antoinette." + +"Oh, but how was I to know it was coming?" cried Mother Meraut. +"We left home before it began!" + +"It would have been just the same if you had known," scolded the +Verger. "Germans or devils--it would make no difference to you! +You have no fear in you." + +"You misjudge me," cried Mother Meraut; "but what good would it +do to sit and quake in my own house? There is no safety anywhere, +and here at least there is work to do." + +"You can go about your work as usual with the noise of guns +ringing in your ears and the Germans marching through Rheims?" +exclaimed the Verger. + +"Why not?" answered Mother Meraut, with spirit. "I guess our +soldiers don't knock off work every time a gun goes off or a few +Germans come in sight! It would be a shame if we could not follow +their example!" ` + +"Antoinette, you are a wonderful woman. I have always said so," +declared the Verger solemnly. "You are as brave as a man!" + +"Pooh!" said Mother Meraut, mockingly. "As if the men, bless +their hearts, were so much braver than women, anyway! Oh, la! la! +the conceit of you!" She wagged a derisive finger at the Verger, +and, calling the children, went to get her scrubbing-pail and +brushes. + +All day long, while distant guns roared, she went about her daily +tasks, keeping one spot of order and cleanliness in the midst of +the confusion, disorder, and destruction of the invaded city. The +Twins were busy, too; their Mother saw to that. They dusted +chairs and placed them in rows; and at noon they found a corner +where the light falling through one of the beautiful stained- +glass windows made a spot of cheerful color in the gloom, and +there they ate part of the lunch which they had packed in the +wicker basket. During all the excitement of the morning they had +not forgotten the lunch! + +When the day's work was done, they ventured out upon the streets +in the gathering dusk. They found them full of German soldiers, +drinking, swaggering, singing, and they saw many strange and +terrifying sights in the havoc wrought by the first bombardment. +As they passed the door of Madame Coudert's shop, they peeped in +and saw her sitting stolidly behind the counter, knitting. + +"Oh," said Pierrette, "doesn't it seem like a year since we were +here this morning?" + +Mother Meraut called out a cheerful greeting to Madame Coudert. +"Still in your place, I see," she said. + +"Like the Pyramids," came the calm answer; and, cheered by her +fortitude, they hurried on their way to the little house in the +Rue Charly. + +Mother Meraut sighed with relief as she unlocked the door. +"Everything just as we left it," she said. "We at least shall +have one more night in our own home." Then she drew the children +into the shelter of the dear, familiar roof and locked the door +from the inside. + + + +IV. THE RETURN OF THE FRENCH + +One unhappy day followed upon another for the inhabitants of +Rheims. Each night they went to bed in terror; each morning they +rose to face new trials and dangers. Yet their spirit did not +fail. Each day the roar of guns toward the west grew fainter and +more distant, and the people knew with sinking hearts that the +Germans had driven the Armies of France farther and farther back +toward Paris. Each day the conduct of the conquerors grew more +arrogant. "Our Emperor will soon be in Paris!" they said. + +On the public monuments and in the squares of the City appeared +German proclamations printed upon green paper, warning the people +of Rheims of terrible punishments which would befall them if they +in any way rebelled against the will of the victorious invaders. +It was only with great difficulty that Pierre could be dragged by +these signs. Each morning as they went to the Cathedral they had +to pass several of them, and Pierrette and her Mother soon +learned to take precautions against an outburst of rage which +might bring down upon his rash head the wrath of the enemy. The +eye of the Germans seemed everywhere. One of these posters was +fixed to the window of Madame Coudert's shop. On the morning that +it first appeared, Pierre in passing made a dash for the gutter, +picked up a handful of mud, and threw it squarely into the middle +of the poster. + +Madame Coudert saw him, and winked solemnly, but did not move. +His Mother instantly collared Pierre, and led him up a side +street just in time to escape the clutches of a German officer +who had seen him a block away, and came on the run after him. +When, puffing and blowing, he at last reached the shop there was +no one in sight except Madame Coudert behind her counter. The +enraged officer pointed out the insult that had been offered his +country. + +Madame Coudert looked surprised and concerned. She followed the +officer to the door, and gazed at the disfigured poster. "I will +clean it at once," she said obligingly. She got out soap and a +brush immediately, and when she had finished, her work had been +so thoroughly done that not a spot of mud was left, but +unfortunately the center of the poster was rubbed through and +quite illegible, and the rest of it was all streaked and stained! +"Will that do?" she asked the officer, looking at him with round, +innocent eyes and so evident a desire to please that, in spite of +an uneasy suspicion, he merely grunted and went his way. + +The first time they came into the shop after this episode Madame +Coudert gave Pierre a cake with pink frosting on it. + +In this way a whole week dragged itself by, and, on the morning +of the eighth day after the German entry into Rheims, Mother +Meraut and the Twins left home earlier than usual in order to +reach the Cathedral before the bombardment, which they had +learned daily to expect, should begin. They found Madame Coudert +in front of her shop; washing the window. A large corner of the +poster was now gone. "It rained last night," she said to Mother +Meraut, "and the green color ran down on my window. I had to wash +it, and accidentally I rubbed off a corner of the poster. It +can't be very good paper." She looked solemly at Pierre. "Too +bad, isn't it?" she said, and closed one eye behind her round +spectacles. + +"The weather seems to have damaged a good many of them, I +notice," answered Mother Meraut, with just a suspicion of a +smile. "The weather has been quite pleasant too,--strange!" + +"Weather--nothing!" said Pierre, scornfully. "I'll bet you that-- +" + +It seemed as if Pierre was always being interrupted at just the +most exciting moment of his remarks, but this time he interrupted +himself. "What's that?" he said, stopping short. Madame Coudert, +his Mother, and Pierrette, all stood perfectly still, their eyes +wide, their lips parted, listening, listening! They heard cannon- +shots, then music--toward the west--coming nearer--nearer. + +"It is--oh, it is the Marseillaise!" shrieked Pierrette. + +Mother Meraut and the Twins ran toward the sound. Now shouts were +heard--joyous shouts--from French throats! Never had they heard +such a sound! People came tumbling out of their houses, some not +fully dressed--but who cared? The French were returning +victorious from the battle of the Marne. They were coming again +into Rheims, driving the Germans before them! Ah, but when the +red trousers actually appeared in the streets the populace went +mad with joy! They embraced the soldiers; they marched beside +them with tears streaming down their cheeks, singing "March on! +March on!" as though they would split their throats. Pierre and +Pierrette marched and sang with the others, their Mother close +beside them. + +On and on came the singing, joy-maddened people, right past +Madame Coudert's shop, and there, standing on the curb, with a +tray in her arms piled high with goodies, was Madame Coudert +herself. The green poster was already torn in shreds and lying in +the gutter. It even looked as if some one had stamped on it, and +above her door waved the tricolor of France! "Come here," she +cried to Pierre and Pierrette, "Quick! Hand these out to the +soldiers as long as there's one left!" + +Pierre seized a pink frosted cake, and ran with it to a Captain. +Pierrette gave a sugar roll to the first soldier she could reach; +other hands helped. Mother Meraut ran into the shop and brought +out more cakes. Shop-keepers all along the way followed Madame +Coudert's example, and soon people everywhere were bringing +offerings of candy, chocolate, and cigars to the soldiers, and +the streets suddenly blossomed with blue, white, and red flags. +At the corner, near Madame Coudert's shop, Pierre had the joy of +seeing the German officer who had tried to catch him surrender to +the Captain who had taken the pink cake. Oh, what a moment that +was for Pierre! He sprang into the gutter as the German passed +and savagely jumped up and down upon the fragments of the green +poster! It was a matter for bitter regret to him long after that +the German did not seem to notice him. + +The whole morning passed in such joy and excitement that it was +nearly noon when at last Mother Meraut, beaming with happiness, +and accompanied by a radiant Pierre and Pierrette, entered the +Cathedral. They were astonished to find it no longer the silent +and dim sanctuary to which they were accustomed. The Abbe' was +there, and the Verger, looking quite distracted, was directing a +group of men in moving the praying-chairs from the western end of +the Cathedral, and the space where they had been was already +covered with heaps of straw. Under the great choir at the western +end there were piles of broken glass. Part of the wonderful rose +window had been shattered by a shell, and lay in a million +fragments on the stone floor. + +Mother Meraut clasped her hands in dismay. "What does it all +mean?" she demanded of the Verger, as he went tap-tapping by +after the workmen. "What do you wish me to do?" + +"Gather up every fragment of glass," said the Verger briefly, +"and put them in a safe place. The wounded are on the way, and +are to be housed in the Cathedral. We must be ready for them. +There is no time to lose." + +As Mother Meraut flew to carry out his directions, the Abbe' +beckoned to the children. "Can you be trusted to do an errand for +me?" he said. + +"Yes, Your Reverence," answered Pierre. + +"Very well," said the Abbe. "I want you to get for the towers two +Red Cross flags. They must be the largest size, and we must have +them soon. The wounded may arrive at any moment now, and the Red +Cross will protect the Cathedral from shell-fire, for not even +Germans would destroy a hospital." He gave them careful +directions, and a note for the shop-keeper. "Now run along, both +of you," he said. "Tell your Mother where you are going, and that +I sent you." + +In two minutes the Twins were on their way, but it was more than +an hour before they got back. First, the shop-keeper was out, and +when he got back it took him some time to find large enough +flags. At last, however, they returned, each carrying one done up +in a paper parcel. + +"Here are the flags," Pierre announced proudly to the Verger, who +met them at the entrance. + +"Yes," said Father Varennes, "here they are, and here you are. +Come in, your Mother wants to see you." The children followed him +through the door, and although they had been told that the +wounded were to be brought to the Cathedral, they were not +prepared for the sight that met their eyes as they entered. On +the heaps of straw lay tossing moaning men, in the gray uniforms +of the German army. + +Pierrette seized Pierre's hand. "Oh," she shuddered, "I didn't +think they'd be Germans!" + +"They aren't--all of them," said the Verger, a little huskily. +"Some of them are French. The Church shelters them all." + +Doctors in white aprons were already in attendance upon the +wounded, and nurses with red crosses on the sleeves of their +white uniforms flitted silently back and forth on errands of +mercy. The two children, clinging to each other and gazing +fearfully about them, followed the Verger down the aisle. As they +passed a heap of straw upon which a wounded German lay, something +bright rolled from it to them and dropped at Pierrette's feet. +Pierre sprang to pick it up. It was a German helmet. Across the +front of it were letters. Pierre spelled them--"Gott mit uns." +"What does that mean?" he asked the Verger. + +"God with us," snorted Father Varennes. "I suppose the poor +wretches actually believe He is." + +The Abbe' was waiting for them in the aisle, and he took from +them the flags and the helmet. He had heard the Verger's reply, +and guessed what the question must have been. "My boy," he said, +laying his hand gently upon Pierre's head for an instant, "God is +not far from any of his children. It is they who, through sin, +separate themselves from Him! But never mind theology now. Your +Mother is waiting for you. I will take you to her." + +The Twins thought it strange that the Abbe' should himself guide +them to their Mother. They followed his broad back and swinging +black soutane to the farthest corner of the hospital space. +There, beside a mound of straw upon which was stretched a wounded +soldier in French uniform, knelt their Mother, and the Twins, +looking down, met the eyes of their own Father gazing up at them. + +"Gently! my dears, gently!" cautioned their Mother, as the +children fell upon their knees beside her in an agony of tears. +"Don't cry! he is wounded, to be sure, but he will get well, +though he can never again fight for France. We shall see him +every day, and by and by he will be at home again with us." + +Too stunned for speech, the Twins only kissed the blood-stained +hands, and then their Mother led them away. Under the western +arches she kissed them good-by. "Go now to Madame Coudert," she +said, "and tell her your Father is here, and that I shall stay in +the Cathedral. Ask her to take care of you for the night. In the +morning, if it is quiet, come again to me." + +Dazed, happy, grieved, the children obeyed. They found Madame +Coudert beaming above her empty counter. "Bless you," she cried, +when they gave her their Mother's message, "of course you can +stay! There are no pink cakes for Pierre, but who cares for cakes +now that the French are once more in Rheims! And to think you +have your Father back again! Surely this is a happy day for you, +even though he came back with a wound!" + + + +V. AT MADAME COUDERT'S + +The joy of the people of Rheims was short-lived. The Germans had +been driven out, it is true, but they had gone only a short +distance to the east, and there, upon the banks of the Aisne, had +securely entrenched themselves, venting their rage upon the City +by daily bombardments. From ten until two nearly every day the +inhabitants of the stricken City for the most part sat in their +cellars listening to the whistling of shells and the crash of +falling timbers and tiles. When the noise ceased, they returned +to the light and air once more and looked about to see the extent +of the damage done. Dur ing the rest of the day they went about +their routine as usual, hoping against hope that the French +Armies, which were now between Rheims and the enemy, would be +able not only to defend the City but to drive the Germans still +farther toward the Rhine. + +When the Twins reached the Cathedral the morning after the return +of the French troops, they found their Father resting after an +operation which had removed from his leg a piece of shell, which +had nearly cost his life and would make him permanently lame. +Their Mother met them as they came in. She was pale but smiling. +"What a joy to see you!" she cried, as she pressed them to her +breast. "You may take one look at your Father and throw him a +kiss; then you must go back to Madame Coudert." + +"Mayn't we stay with you and help take care of Father?" begged +Pierre. + +"No," answered his Mother firmly, "the sights here are not for +young eyes. I can wait upon the nurses and keep things clean: My +place is here for the present, but tomorrow, if all goes well, we +will sleep once more in our own little home, if it is still +standing. In the mean time, be good children, and mind Madame +Coudert. Now run along before the shells begin to fall." + +The Twins obediently trotted away, and regained the little shop +just as the clock struck ten. The day seemed long to them, for +their thoughts were with their parents, but Madame Coudert was so +cheerful herself; and kept them so busy they had no time to mope. +Pierrette helped make the little cakes, and Pierre scraped the +remains of the icing from the mixing-bowl and ate it lest any be +wasted. In some ways Pierre was a very thrifty boy. Then, too, +Madame Coudert allowed them to stand behind the counter and help +wait upon the customers. Moreover, there was Fifine, the cat, for +Pierrette to play with, and the little raveled-out dog lived only +two doors below; so they did not lack for entertainment. + +The next evening their Mother called for them, as she had +promised to do, and they once more had supper and slept beneath +their own roof. For three days they followed this routine, going +with their Mother to Madame Coudert's, where they spent the day, +returning at night. On the fourth day they were again allowed to +visit the Cathedral and to see their Father. "It will do him good +to be with his children," the doctor had said, and so, while +Mother Meraut attended to her duties, Pierre and Pierrette sat on +each side of the straw bed where he lay, proud and responsible to +be left in charge of the patient. + +Pierre was bursting with curiosity to know about the Battle of +the Marne. Not another boy of his acquaintance had a wounded +father, and though his opportunities for seeing his friends had +been few, he had already done a good deal of boasting; and was +pointed out by other boys on the street as a person of special +distinction. "Tell me about the battle, Father," he begged. + +His Father lifted his tired eyes to a statue of Jeanne d'Arc, +which was in plain sight from where he lay. "Well, my boy," he +said after a pause, "there is much I should not wish you to know, +but this I will tell you. On the day the battle turned, the +watchword of the Army was Jeanne d'Arc. Our soldiers sprang to +the attack with her name upon their lips, and some have sworn to +me that they saw her ride before us into battle on her white +charger, carrying in her hand the very banner which you see there +upon the altar. I do not know whether or not it is true, but +certainly the victory was with us, and I for my part find it easy +to be lieve that our blessed Saint Jeanne has not forgotten +France." He raised himself a little on his elbow and pointed to a +place not far distant in the nave. "There," he said, "is the very +spot upon which she knelt while her king was being crowned here +in our Cathedral after she had driven our enemies from French +soil and had given him his throne! The happiest moments of her +life were here! What place should be revisited by her pure spirit +if not Rheims? My children, I wish you every day to pray that she +may come again to deliver France!" Exhausted by emotion and by +the effort he had made, he sank back upon the straw and closed +his eyes. + +Pierrette took his hand. "Dear papa, she said, "every day we will +pray to her as you say, and give thanks to the Bon Dieu that your +life has been spared to us. If only your poor leg--" she stopped, +overcome by tears. + +Her Father opened his eyes and smiled. "Ah, little one, what is a +leg more or less;--or a life either for that matter,--when our +France is in danger?" he said. "Is it not so, Pierre?" + +Pierre gulped. "France can have all of my legs!" he cried, in a +burst of patriotism. "And when I'm big enough, I'm going to dig a +hole in the ground and put in millions of tons of dynamite and +blow up the whole of Germany! That's what I'm going to do!" + +His Father's eyes twinkled. "It seems a long while to wait," he +said, "because now you are only nine, you see." + +Just then their Mother came toward the little group. "Magpies!" +she cried, " it seems that you are talking my patient to death. +Run along now to Madame Coudert." At the Cathedral entrance she +kissed them, and then stood for a moment to watch them as they +hurried down the street out of sight. + + + +VI. THE BURNING OF THE CATHEDRAL + +On the evening of the 18th of September, Mother Meraut was late +in leaving the Cathedral, and it was nearly dark when she reached +Madame Coudert's door. Pierrette sat on the steps waiting for +her, with Fifine, the cat, in her arms. Madame Coudert was +knitting, as usual, and Pierre was trying to teach the little +raveled-out dog to stand on his hind legs. As their Mother +appeared, the children sprang to meet her. + +"How is Father?" cried Pierrette. It was always the first +question when they saw her. + +"Better," answered her Mother. " In another week or two the +doctor thinks he can be moved." + +She was about to enter the shop to speak to Madame Coudert, when +the air was suddenly rent by a fearful roar of sound. She clasped +her children in her arms. "It's like thunder," she said, patting +them soothingly; "if you hear the roar you know at once that you +aren't killed. Come, we must hurry to the cellar." But before she +could take a single step in that direction there was another +terrible explosion. + +"Look, oh look!" screamed Pierre, pointing to the Cathedral +towers, which were visible from where they stood; "they are +shelling the Cathedral!" + +For an instant they stood as if rooted to the spot. Was it +possible the Germans would shell the place where their own +wounded lay--a place protected by the cross? They saw the +scaffolding about one of the towers burst suddenly into flames. +In another moment the fire had caught and devoured the Red Cross +flag itself and then sprang like a thing possessed to the roof. +An instant more, and that too was burning. + +"Father!" screamed Pierre, and before any one could stop him or +even say a word, the boy was far up the street, running like a +deer toward the Cathedral. Pierrette was but a few steps behind +him. + +When she saw her children rushing madly into such danger, Mother +Meraut's exhausted body gave way beneath the demands of her +spirit. If Madame Coudert had not caught her, she would have sunk +down upon the step. It was only for an instant, but in that +instant the children had passed out of sight. Not stopping even +to close her door, Madame Coudert seized Mother Meraut's hand, +and together the two women ran after them. But they could not +hope to rival the speed of fleet young feet, and when they +reached the Cathedral square the flames were already roaring +upward into the very sky. The streets were crowded by this time, +and their best speed brought them to the square ten minutes after +the children had reached the burning Cathedral, and, heedless of +danger, had dashed in and to the corner where their helpless +Father lay. + +The place was swarming with doctors and nurses working +frantically to move the wounded. The Abbe' was there, and the +Archbishop also. Already the straw had caught fire in several +places from falling brands. "Out through the north transept," +shouted the Abbe. + +Pierre and Pierrette knew well what they had come to do. For them +there was but one person in the Cathedral, and that person was +their Father. They had but one purpose--to get him out. Young as +they were, they were already well used to danger, and it scarcely +occurred to them that they were risking their lives. Certainly +they were not afraid. When they reached their Father's side, they +found him vainly struggling to rise. + +"Here we are, Father," shouted Pierre: "Lean on us!" He flew to +one side; Pierrette was already struggling to lift him on the +other. As his bed was the one farthest from the spot where the +fire first appeared, the doctors and nurses had sought to rescue +those in greatest danger, and so the children for the time being +were alone in their effort to save him. + +The flames were now leaping through the Cathedral aisles, +devouring the straw beds as if they were tinder. In vain Father +Meraut ordered them to leave him. For once his children refused +to obey. Somehow they got him to his feet, and he, for their +sakes making a superhuman effort, succeeded in staggering between +them, using their lithe young bodies as crutches. How they +reached the door of the north transept they never knew, but reach +it they did, before the burning flames. And there a new terror +appeared. + +The people of Rheims, infuriated by the long abuse which they had +suffered, stood with guns pointed at the wounded and helpless +Germans whom the doctors and nurses had succeeded in getting so +far on the way to safety. Above the roar of flames rose the roar +of angry voices. "It is the Germans who burn our Cathedral. Let +them die with it," shouted one. + +Between the helpless Germans and the angry mob; facing their +guns, towered the figures of the Abby and the Archbishop! "If you +kill them, you must first kill us," cried the Archbishop. Kill +the Archbishop and the Abbe'! Unthinkable! The guns were +immediately lowered, and the work of rescue went on. + +Out of the north door crept Father Meraut, supported by his brave +children. "Bravo! Bravo!" shouted the crowd, and then hands that +would have killed Germans willingly, were stretched in instant +sympathy and helpfulness to the wounded French soldier and his +brave children. Two men made a chair of their arms, and Father +Meraut was carried in safety to the square before the Cathedral, +Pierre and Pierrette following close behind. At the foot of the +statue of Jeanne d'Arc they stopped to rest and change hands, and +there, frantic with joy, Mother Meraut found them. + +"A soldier of France--wounded at the Marne!" shouted the crowd, +and if he had been able to endure it, they would have borne him +upon their grateful shoulders. As it was, he was carried in no +less grateful arms clear to Madame Coudert's door, and there, +lying upon an improvised stretcher, and attended by his wife and +children, he rested from his journey, while Madame Coudert ran to +prepare a cup of coffee for a stimulant. From Madame Coudert's +door they watched the further destruction of the beautiful +Cathedral which Mother Meraut had so often called the "safest +place in Rheims." As it burned, a wonderful thing happened. High +above the glowing roof there suddenly flamed the blue fleur-de- +lis of France! + +"See! See! " cried Mother Meraut. "A Miracle! The Lily of France! +Oh, surely it is a sign sent by the Bon Dieu to keep us from +despair!" + +"It is only the gas from an exploding shell, bursting in blue +flame," said her husband. "Yet--who knows?--it may also be a true +promise that France shall rise in beauty from its ruins." + + + +VII. HOME AGAIN + +The next day, they were able to move Father Meraut to his own +home. In spite of the excitement and strain, he seemed but little +the worse for his experience, and the happiness of being again +with his family quite offset the effect of his dangerous journey. +Mother Meraut was a famous nurse, and when he was safely +installed in a bed in a corner of the room which was their living- +room and kitchen in one, she was able to give him her best care. +There he lay, following her with his eyes as she made good things +for him to eat or carried on the regular activities of her home. +Pierre and Pierrette sat beside his bed and talked to him, or, +better still, got him to tell them stories of the things that had +happened during his brief stay in the Army. Pierre brought the +little raveled-out dog, with which he was now on the friendliest +terms, to see him, and Madame Coudert also came to call now and +then, bringing a cake or some other dainty to the invalid. + +If only the Germans had gone from their trenches on the Aisne, +they and every one else in Rheims would have been quite +comfortable, but alas! this was not to be. The Germans stayed +where they were, and each day sent a new rain of shells upon the +unfortunate City. The inhabitants grew accustomed to it, as one +grows used to thundershowers in April. "Hello! it's beginning to +sprinkle," they would say when a shell burst, spattering mud and +dirt upon the passers-by. Signs appeared upon the street, "Safe +Cellars Here," and when the bombardment began, people would dash +for the nearest shelter and wait until the storm was over. + +Pierre and Pierrette played out of doors every day, though they +did not go far from their home, and had no one but each other to +play with. Pierrette made a play-house in one corner of the +court. Here in a little box she kept a store of broken dishes, +and here she sat long hours with her doll Jacqueline. Sometimes +Pierre, having no better occupation, played with her. He even +took a gingerly interest in Jacqueline, although he would not for +the world have let any of the boys know of such a weakness. + +When the shells began to fall, they would leave their corner and +run quickly to the cellar. As Father Meraut could not go up or +down, his wife stayed in the kitchen beside him. In this way +several weary weeks went by. Mother Meraut went no more to the +Cathedral. There was nothing there that she could do. The great, +beautiful church which had been the very soul of Rheims and the +pride of France was now nothing but a ruined shell, its wonderful +windows broken, its roof gone, its very walls of stone so burned +that they crumbled to pieces at a touch. Even the great bronze +bells had been melted in the flames and had fallen in molten +drops, like tears of grief, into the wreckage below. All the +beautiful treasures--the tapestries, wrought by the hands of +queens, and even the sacred banner of Jeanne d'Arc itself--had +been destroyed. + +Mother Meraut knew, but she did not tell her children, that +precious lives had also been lost, and that buried somewhere in +the ruins were the bodies of doctors and nurses who had given +their own in trying to save the lives of others, and of brave +citizens of Rheims who had fallen in an attempt to save the +precious relics carefully treasured there. Neither did she tell +them that little Jean, the Verger's son, was one of that heroic +band. These sorrows she bore in her own breast, but she never +passed near the Cathedral after that terrible night. Sometimes, +when a necessary errand took her to that part of the City, she +would pause at a distance to look long at the statue of Jeanne +d'Arc, standing unharmed in the midst of the destruction about +her still lifting her sword to the sky. In all the rain of shells +which had fallen upon the City not one had yet touched the +statue. Only the tip of the sword had been broken off. It +comforted Mother Meraut to see it standing so strangely safe in +the midst of such desolation. "It stands," she thought, " even as +her pure spirit stood safe amidst the flames of her martyrdom. +But I cannot, like her, pray for my enemies while I burn in the +fires they have kindled." + +There was yet another burden which she carried safely hidden in +her heart. She had not heard from her father and mother since the +Battle of the Marne. That the Germans had passed through the +village where they lived she knew, but what destruction they had +wrought she could only guess. It was impossible for her at that +time to go to them; so she waited in silence, hoping that some +time good news might come. The slow weeks lengthened into months, +and at last Father Meraut was strong enough to get about on a +crutch like Father Varennes. It was a great day when first he was +able to hobble down the steps and out upon the street, leaning on +Mother Meraut's arm on one side, and his crutch upon the other, +with Pierre and Pierrette marching before him like a guard of +honor. + +It was now cold weather; winter had set in, and life became more +difficult as food grew scarce and there was not enough fuel to +heat the houses. School should have begun in October, but school- +buildings had not been spared in the bombardment, and it was +dangerous to permit children to stay in them. At last, however, a +new way was found to cheat the enemy of its prey. Schools were +opened in the great champagne cellars of Rheims, and Pierre and +Pierrette were among the first scholars enrolled. Every day after +that they hastened through the streets before the usual hour of +the bombardment, went down into one of the great tunnels cut in +chalk, and there, in rooms deep underground, carried on their +studies. It was a strange school, but it was safer than their +home, even though there was danger in going back and forth in the +streets. By spring the children of Rheims had lived so much in +cellars that they were as pale as potato-sprouts. + +Mother Meraut watched her two with deepening anxiety. Then, one +day in the spring, a corner of their own roof was blown off by a +shell. No one was hurt, but when a few moments later a second +explosion blew a cat through the hole and dropped it into the +soup, Mother Meraut's endurance gave way. + +It was the last straw! She put the cat out, yowling but unharmed, +and silently cleared away the debris. Then, when the bombardment +was over, she put on her bonnet and went out. She came back an +hour later, to find the Twins sitting, one on each side of their +Father, holding his hands, and all three the picture of despair. +Mother Meraut stood before them, her eyes flashing, her cheeks +burning a deep red, and this is what she said: "I will not live +like this another day. Life in Rheims is no longer possible. I +will not stay here to be killed by inches. I have made +arrangements to get a little row-boat, and to-morrow morning we +will take such things as we can carry and leave this place. +Whatever may happen to us elsewhere, it cannot be worse than what +is happening here, and it may possibly be better." + +Her husband and children looked at her in amazement. She did not +ask their opin- ion about the matter, but promptly began the +necessary preparations and told them what to do. Clothing was +brought to Father Meraut to be packed in compact bundles and tied +up with string. Then blankets were made into another bundle; a +third held a frying-pan, a coffee-pot, and a kettle, with a few +knives, forks, and spoons, while a fourth contained food. The +Twins were sent to say good-by to Madame Coudert, and to give her +a key to the door, and then all the rest of their household goods +were packed away as carefully as time permitted, in the cellar. + +Mother Meraut put the Twins to bed early, but she herself +remained at work most of the night; yet when morning came and the +children woke, she was up and neatly dressed, and had their +breakfast ready. She did not linger over their sad departure, nor +did she shed a tear as they left the little house which had been +their happy home. Instead, she locked the door after them with a +snap, put the key in her pocket, and walked down the steps with +the grim determination of a soldier going into battle, carrying a +big bundle under each arm. + + + +VIII. REFUGEES + +The Twins and their Father followed the resolute figure of Mother +Meraut down the street, not. knowing at all where she was leading +them, but with implicit confidence that she knew what she was +about. She was carrying the heaviest bundles, and the Twins +carried the rest between them, packed in a clothes-basket. On her +other arm Pierrette bore her dearly loved Jacqueline. Father +Meraut could carry nothing but such small articles as could be +put in his pockets, but it was joy enough that he could carry +himself, and it was quite wonderful to see how speedily he got +over the ground with his crutch. + +Not far from their house in the Rue Charly ran the River Vesle, +which flows through Rheims, and as the Merauts knew well a man +whose business it was to let boats to pleasure parties in summer, +the children were not surprised to see their Mother walk down the +street toward the little wharf where his boats were kept. He was +waiting to receive them, and, drawn up to the water's edge was a +red and white row-boat, with the name "The Ark" painted upon her +prow. Mother Meraut smiled when she saw the name. "If we only had +the animals to go in two by two, we should be just like Noah and +his family, shouldn't we?" she said, as she put the bundles in +the stern. + +In a few moments they were all seated in the boat, with their few +belongings carefully balanced, and Jacqueline safely reposing in +Pierrette's lap. The boatman pushed them away from the pier. "Au +revoir," called Mother Meraut as the boat slid into the stream. +"We will come back again when the Germans are gone, and in some +way I shall have a chance to send your boat to you, I know. +Meanwhile we will take good care of it." + +"There will be few pleasure-seekers on the Vesle this summer," +answered the boat-man, "and the Ark will be safer with you than +rotting at the pier, let alone the chance of its being blown up +by a shell. I'm glad you've got her, and glad you are going away +from Rheims. It will be easy pulling, for you're going down- +stream, and about all you'll have to do is to keep her headed +right. Au revoir, and good luck." He stood on the pier looking +after them and waving his hat until they were well out in the +middle of the stream. + +Father Meraut had the oars, and, as his arms had not been +injured, he was able to guide the boat without fatigue, and soon +the current had carried them through the City and out into the +open country which lay beyond. Mother Meraut sat in the prow, +looking back toward the Cathedral she had so loved, until the +blackened towers were hidden from view by trees along the +riverbank. They had started early in order to be well out of +Rheims before the daily bombardment should begin. + +Spring was already in the air, and as they drifted along they +heard the skylarks singing in the fields. The trees were turning +green, and there were blossoms on the apple trees. The wild +flowers along the riverbank were already humming with bees, and +the whole scene seemed so peaceful and quiet after all they had +endured in Rheims, that even the shell-holes left in the fields +which had been fought over in the autumn and the crosses marking +the graves of fallen soldiers did not sadden them. + +Mother Meraut sat for a long time silent, then heaved a deep sigh +of relief. "I feel like Lot's wife looking back upon Sodom and +Gomorrah," she said. Suddenly her eyes filled with tears and she +kissed her finger-tips and blew the kiss toward Rheims. +"Farewell, my beautiful City!" she cried. "It is not for your +sins we must leave you! And some happy day we shall return." + +There was a report, and a puff of smoke far away over the City, +then the sound of a distant explosion. The daily bombardment had +begun! + +"Your friends are firing a farewell salute," said Father Meraut. + +All the morning they slipped quietly along between greening +banks, carried by the current farther and farther down-stream. At +noon they drew the boat ashore beneath some willow trees, where +they ate their lunch, and then spent an hour in such rest as they +had not had for many weary months. + +It was then, and not until then, that Father Meraut ventured to +.ask his wife her plans. "My dear," he said, as he stretched +himself out in a sunny spot and put his head in Pierrette's lap, +"I have great confidence in you, and will follow you willingly +anywhere, but I should really like to know where we are going." + +Mother Meraut looked at him in surprise. "Why, haven't I told +you? " she said "My mind has been so full of it I can't believe +you didn't know that we are going to my father's, if we can get +there! You know their village is on a little stream which flows +into the Aisne some distance beyond its junction with the Vesle. +We could drift down to the place where the two rivers join, and +go on from there to the little stream which flows past +Fontanelle. Then we could row up-stream to the village." + +"It's as plain as day, now you tell it," answered her husband, +"and a very good plan, too." + +"You see," said Mother Meraut, as she packed away the remains of +the lunch, "I haven't heard a word from them all winter. I don't +know whether they are dead or alive. I haven't said anything +about it, because you were so ill and there were so many other +worries, but this plan has been in my mind all the time. What we +shall do when we get to Fontanelle I do not know, but we shall be +no worse off than other refugees, and at any rate we shall not be +under shell-fire every day." + +"If we can't find any place to stay there, why can't we go on and +on down the river, until we get clear to the sea," said Pierre +with enthusiasm. + +"It's just like being gypsies, isn't it?" added Pierrette. + +"So far as I can see," said Mother Meraut, "we've got to go on +and on! Certainly we can't go back." + +"No, we can't go back," echoed her husband, with a sigh. + +All the pleasant afternoon they drifted peacefully along, and +nightfall found them in open country. It began to grow colder as +darkness came on. "We shall need all our blankets if we are to +sleep in the fields," said Mother Meraut at last. "It's time for +supper and bed, anyway. Let's go ashore." + +"We'll build a fire on the bank and cook our supper there," said +her husband. + +"What is there, Mother, that we can cook?" + +"There are eggs to fry, and potatoes to roast in the ashes," she +answered, " and coffee besides." + +"I am as hungry as a wolf," said Pierrette. + +"I'm as hungry as two wolves," said Pierre. + +They found a landing-place, and the Ark was drawn ashore. Pierre +and Pierrette ran at once to gather sticks and leaves. These they +brought to their Father, and soon a cheerful fire flamed red +against the shadows. Then the smell of coffee floated out upon +the evening air, and the sputter of frying eggs gave further +promise to their hungry stomachs. + +Before they had finished their supper the stars were winking down +at them, and over the brow of a distant hill rose a slender +crescent moon. Pierrette saw it first. "Oh," she cried, "the new +moon! And I saw it over my right shoulder, too! We are sure to +have wonderful luck this month." + +Pierre shut his eyes. "Which way is it?" he cried. Pierrette +turned him carefully about so that he too might see it over his +right shoulder, and then, this ceremony completed, they washed +the dishes and helped pack the things carefully away in the +clothes-basket once more. + +They slept that night under the edge of a straw-stack in the +meadow near the river, and though they were homeless wanderers +without a roof to cover them, they slept well, and awakened next +morning to the music of bird-songs instead of to the sound of +guns and the whistling of shells. + + + +IX. THE FOREIGN LEGION + +Fortunately for our pilgrims the weather remained clear and +unusually warm for the season of year, and they were able to +continue their journey the following day in comfort. That night +they slept in a cowshed, where no cows had been since the Germans +passed through so many months before, and on the morning of the +third day they reached the large market town which marked the +junction of the little river upon which the village of Fontanelle +was situated with the Aisne. + +Mother Meraut was now upon familiar territory, among the scenes +of her childhood. She had often come here with her father when he +had brought a load of produce to sell in the town market. Here +they disembarked, bought a load of provisions, and once more +resumed their journey. Progress from this point on was slower +than that of previous days, for now the current was against them. +Father and Mother Meraut took turns at the oars, and they had +gone some four or five miles up the stream when they came in +sight of something quite unfamiliar to Mother Meraut. Stretching +across the level meadows beside the river, as far, as the eye +could see, were rows and rows of tents. Companies of soldiers in +French uniforms were drilling in an open field. Groups of cavalry +horses were herded in an enclosure, and everywhere there were the +activities of a great military encampment. + +"It's a French training-camp," cried Father Meraut, and he waved +his cap on the end of an oar and shouted "Vive la France" at the +top of his lungs. Pierre and Pierrette waved and shouted too, and +Mother Meraut, caught by the general excitement, snatched up +Jacqueline, who had been reposing in the basket, and frantically +waved her. Some soldiers answered their signal, and shouted to +them. + +Father Meraut looked puzzled. "That's not French," he said; "I +can't understand what they say. But they have on French uniforms! +I wonder what regiment it can be. I'm going to find out." + +"We're not far from Fontanelle now," said Mother Meraut; "don't +you think we'd better go on?" + +"We can't get there without stopping somewhere to eat, anyway," +said Father Meraut. "It's already eleven o'clock, and I'd rather +find out about the soldiers than eat." So they tied the Ark to a +willow tree and went ashore. + +In a moment more they were in a city of soldiers, and Father +Meraut was making friends with some of the men who were lounging +near the cook-house, sniffing the savory smell of soup which +issued from it in appetizing gusts. Pierre and Pierrette sniffed +too, and even Mother Meraut could not help saying appreciatively, +"That cook knows how to make soup." Pierre laid his hand upon his +stomach and smacked his lips. "Pierre," said his mother, +reprovingly, "where are your manners, child?" + +At that moment two soldiers were passing--one a tall, thin man, +and one much smaller. They paused and laughed, and the tall man +laid his hand on his stomach, too, and smacked his lips. + +"Are you hungry, kid?" he said genially to Pierre. Pierre looked +blank. + +The short man punched the tall man in the ribs. "Don't you see +he's French," he said derisively. "Did you think you were back +home in Illinois? Why don't you try some of your parley-voo on +him? You're not getting on with the language; here's your chance +for a real Parisian accent." + +"Oh, g'wan," answered the tall man. "Try your own French on him! +I guess it won't kill him; he looks strong." + +The short man came nearer to Pierre and shouted at him as if he +were deaf. "Avvy-voo-doo faim?" + +Pierre withdrew a step nearer his mother and Pierrette. "Je ne +comprends pas!" he said politely. "Pardon." + +The tall man took off his cap and rumpled his hair. "Try it +again, Jim," he said, "even if he is scared. They look to me like +refugees, and as if a good bowl of soup wouldn't strike their +insides amiss, but your French would stampede a herd of +buffaloes!" + +"Try it yourself, then," said the short man, grinning. + +The tall man sat down on a box at the door of the tent and +beckoned to Pierre. "I say, kid," he began, "avvy-voo-doo-fam-- +fam?" He rubbed his stomach in expressive pantomime. + +"Mamma," cried poor puzzled Pierre, "he asks me if I have a wife, +and rubs his stomach as if he had a stomach-ache. What does he +mean?" + +Mother Meraut came forward, trying hard not to laugh. "Que voulez- +vous, Messieurs?" she said politely. + +The tall man was on his feet instantly with his cap in his hand. +"You see, ma'am," he began, "we're from the States-des Etats- +Unis! We've come here to fight le Boche--savez-vows? --combattre +le Boche!" He waved his arms frantically and made a motion as if +shooting with a gun. + +A smile broke over Mother Meraut's face, and she held out both +hands. "Les Americains!"she cried joyfully, "des Etats-Unis, dans +l'uniforme de la France! Mais maintenant nous exterminons le +Boche!" She called Pierrette and Pierre to her side. "These are +Americans," she explained in French, "come from the United States +of America to fight with us. Shake hands with them." + +The Twins obeyed shyly, and when their Father rejoined the family +a few moments later, their friendship had progressed to such an +extent that Pierre was seated on one side of the tall man and +Pierrette on the other, and they were all three studying a French +phrase-book. The short man, called Jim, was gesticulating wildly, +and talking to Mother Meraut, and she, good soul, looked so wise, +and said "Oui" and "Non," and nodded her head so intelligently to +encourage him, that he never suspected that she did not +understand one word in ten, and cast triumphant glances at the +tall man to see if he was observing his success. + +At this moment a French Captain came by. The men sprang to their +feet, clicked their heels together, and saluted. Father Meraut +stiffened into military position and saluted also. The officer +returned the salute, then stopped and spoke to him. "You are a +soldier of France, I see," he said. "Where did you get your +wound?" + +"With Joffre, at the Marne, mon Capitaine," answered Father +Meraut, proudly. And then he told the Captain of his being +brought wounded to the Cathedral in Rheims, of its bombardment +and burning, and of his rescue by Pierre and Pierrette. + +The Captain turned to the Americans and said to them in English: +"We have here three heroes of France instead of one! These +children have lived under constant fire since last September, and +they rescued their wounded father from the burning Cathedral of +Rheims at the risk of their own lives." The Americans saluted +Father Meraut, then they saluted Pierre and Pierrette, while +Mother Meraut stood by, beaming with pride. + +"We will ask them to dine with us as our guests," said the +Captain, and, turning to Father Meraut, he spoke again in French. +"This is the Foreign Legion," he said. "It is made up of friends +of France, brave men of different countries who came voluntarily +to fight with us against the Boche. Here they receive special +training under French officers before going to the front. These +Americans have only just come. They do not know much French, but +they wish you to dine with them." + +Ah, what a day that was for Pierre and Pierrette! Their story was +passed about from one to another, and, instead of being homeless, +wandering refugees, they found themselves suddenly treated as +distinguished guests, by real soldiers. Pierre swelled with +pride, and if he had only been able to speak their language, how +glad he would have been to tell the Americans about the return of +the French to Rheims, the green poster, Madame Coudert, and many +other things! Alas, he could only eat his soup and gaze about him +at all the activities that were going on in camp. When at last it +was time for them to go, it was with the greatest difficulty that +Pierre could be torn away from his new-found friends. + +"Come again, old pal," said the tall man, slapping Pierre +cordially on the back as he said good-by. "Come again and see +your Uncle Sam! Come and bring your family!" + +Pierre grinned, although he did not understand a word, shook +hands, and ran down the river-bank to join his parents and +Pierrette, who were already climbing into the boat. + +"Jim" and "Uncle Sam" looked after them as the Ark swung out into +the stream. "Au revoir," shouted Pierre, waving his hand. "Vive +la France!" And back came the reply like an echo, "You bet your +life, vive la France!" + + + +X. FONTANELLE + +The shadows were beginning to lengthen across the valley as the +Ark rounded a bend in the stream and the little church spire of +Fontanelle came into view. "There it is--at last!" cried Mother +Meraut. "Thank God, something of the village still stands!" She +gazed eagerly into the distance. "And there is the Chateau," she +added joyfully, pointing to a large gray stone building half +hidden by a fringe of trees. "Oh, surely things are not going to +be so bad as I had feared. Hurry! hurry! It seems as though my +heart must take wings and fly before my body, now that we are so +near!" + +Father Meraut bent to the oars. "I will stay with the boat while +you and the children go to the village," he said, when, a few +moments later, he found a favorable spot to land. + +Mother Meraut was out of the boat almost before it was beached, +the Twins sprang out after her, and the three started up the road +to the village on a run. Groves of trees just bursting into leaf +lay between them and the one street of the little town, and it +was not until they had passed it that they could tell how much +damage had been done. The sight that met their eyes as they +entered the village was not reassuring, but, hoping against hope, +they ran on to the little house which had been Mother Meraut's +childhood home. At the threshold they paused, and the tears which +Mother Meraut had resolutely refused to shed when she had said +good-by to her own home in Rheims fell freely as she gazed upon +the ruins of the home of her parents. The house was empty, the +windows were gone, the door was wrenched from its hinges, and the +roof was open to the sky. The whole village was in much the same +condition. Every house was empty, the street deserted. + +Neither Mother Meraut nor the Twins said a word. With heavy +hearts they turned from the gaping doorway and started toward the +Chateau, which lay half a mile beyond the village. Not a soul did +they meet until they arrived at the great gate which marked the +entrance to the park, and then they saw that the Chateau too had +suffered. It had been partly burned out, but as its walls were +standing and one wing looked habitable, their spirits rose a +little. At the gate a child was playing. They stopped. "Can you +tell me, ma petite," said Mother Meraut, her voice trembling, +"whether there is any one here by the name of Jamart?" + +"Mais--oui," answered the child, surveying the strangers with +curiosity. "Voila!" She pointed a stubby finger toward the +Chateau, and there, just disappearing behind a corner of the +wall, was the bent figure of an old woman carrying a pail of +water. + +With a cry of joy, Mother Meraut sprang forward, and Pierre and +Pierrette for once in their lives, run as they would, could not +keep up with her. She fairly flew over the ground, and when the +Twins at last reached her side, the pail of water was spilled on +the ground, and the two women were weeping in each other's arms. +An old man now came toward them and the children flung themselves +upon him. "Grandpere! Grandpere!" they shouted, and then such +another embracing as there was! + +Grand'mere kissed the Twins, and Grandpere hugged Mother Meraut, +and then, because the tears were still running down their cheeks, +Grandpere pointed to the overturned pail, and the water flowing +in little wiggling streams through the dust. "Come, dear hearts," +he cried, "are these your tears? Weep no more, then, lest we have +a flood after our fire! This is a time to rejoice! Wipe your +eyes, my Antoinette, and tell us how you came here. It is as if +the sky had opened to let down three angels--and where, then, is +Jacques?" + +By this time a group of people had gathered about them--the +little remnant of the old prosperous village of Fontanelle. "Here +we are, you see," said Grandpere, "all that are left of us. Every +able-bodied young woman was driven away by the Germans to work in +their fields--while ours lie idle. Every able-bodied man is in +the army. There are only twenty-seven of us left--old women, +children, and myself. There you have our history." + +Mother Meraut shook each old friend by the hand, looked at all +the babies and children, and proudly showed her Twins to them in +return, before she said a word about the sorrows they had endured +in Rheims, and the desperation which had at last driven them from +their home. The people listened without comment. They had all +suffered so much that there was no room left in their hearts for +new grief, but when she told them of the boat and her lame +husband they rejoiced with her that she had the happiness at +least of a united family. There was plenty of room in their +hearts for joy! "Come with us," they said. "We cannot be poorer. +Our cattle are driven away; we have no strong laborers to till +our fields, no seeds to plant in them. We live in one wing and +the outhouses of the Chateau, but hope is not yet dead, and your +hands are strong. Your husband, too, can help, and we shall be at +least no worse off for your being here." + +Grand'mere spoke. "We live in the cow-stalls of the stable," said +she. "It is not so bad; there is still hay in the loft, and there +are other stalls not occupied." + +Mother Meraut crossed herself. "If the Blessed Mother of Our Lord +could live in a stable," she said, "such shelter is surely good +enough for us." + +Father Meraut, sitting patiently in the boat, was surprise, a +little later as he looked anxiously toward the village, to see a +crowd of people coming toward him, waving caps and hands in +salutation. Before the others ran Pierre and Pierrette, and when +they reached him they poured forth a jumble of excited words, +from which he was able to gather that Grandpere and Grand'mere +were alive and well, and that there was a place for them to stay. +He got out of the boat to greet the people, and their willing +hands took the bundles and helped hide the Ark in the bushes, and +the whole company then started back to the Chateau, Grandpere +lingering behind the others to keep pace with the slow progress +of Father Meraut. + +When Grand'mere, the Twins, and their Mother reached the stable +they took their bundles from the hands of their friends, and went +in to inspect their new home. The stable had been swept and +scrubbed until it was as clean as it could be made. The large box +stall served as a bedroom for Grand'mere and Grandpere. Above +their bed of hay, covered with old blankets and quilts, was hung +a wooden crucifix. This, with two boxes for seats, was all the +furniture it contained. A few articles of clothing hung about on +nails, and in the open space before the stalls a stove was +placed, the pipe running through a pane of glass in a window near +by. + +When Grandpere and Father Meraut arrived, Mother Meraut met them +at the door. "Behold our new apartment!" she said, and she led +her husband to one of the clean stalls, where she had already +begun to set up housekeeping. The Twins were at that moment in +the loft overhead, getting hay for their beds, and Jacqueline, +exhausted by her journey, had been put to bed in the manger. + +Father Meraut looked about. "This is not bad for the summer," he +said, "and who knows what good luck may come to us by fall? +Perhaps the Germans will be driven out of France by that time, +and surely we shall be able to do some planting even now." + +"We have dug up the ground for gardens as best we could with the +few tools we have," said Grandpere. "The government would send us +seeds, but the roads are very bad, and we have no horses, and +supplies are hard to get even though we have money to pay for +them. The nearest town where provisions can be obtained lies six +miles below, at the mouth of the river, and it is very little one +can carry on one's back." + +"Is there no way to get help from the soldiers' camp?" asked +Father Meraut. "They must get supplies." + +"Yes, but they cannot of themselves at this time take care of the +civilian population," said Grandpere. "There are many villages in +the same condition, and the soldiers' business is to fight for +France." + +"True," said Father Meraut. Then he exclaimed: "I have it! The +Ark! It will indeed be our salvation as it was Father Noah's." + +Grandpere looked anxiously at Mother Meraut and touched his +forehead. "He is not mad?" he asked. + +She laughed. "The name of our boat is the Ark," she explained. +"We can use it to go down the river to buy provisions if there +are any to be had." + +Grand'mere, who had been listening, looked cautiously about, then +felt under the straw of her bed and brought out a stocking. +"See!" she said. "I have money. The others have money too, but of +what use is money when there is nothing to buy and no place to +buy it?" + +"We must find a place to buy things," said Mother Meraut with +decision. "Grandpere and Jacques can take the Ark and go down the +river on a voyage of discovery, and bring back the supplies that +we most need." + +After supper the whole village gathered about the stable door to +hear all the news which the Meraut family had brought from the +outside world. For months they had not seen a newspaper, and +there had been no visitors in Fontanelle. And when Father Meraut +had finished telling them all the story of Rheims, of the burning +of the Cathedral, of the miraculous safety of the statue of Saint +Jeanne, of his own escape, and the final destruction of the roof +over their heads, and their flight from the city, the pressing +needs of the little village and his and Grandpere's proposed +voyage were discussed, and it was very late when at last the +people separated and the little village settled down for the +night. + + + +XI. A SURPRISE + +The next morning the whole village was up early, and plans were +perfected for the voyage of Father Meraut and Grandpere. A long +list of necessary articles was made out, and the money for their +purchase safely hidden away in their inside pockets. They were +just about to start down the road to the river, when suddenly a +wonderful thing happened. Right through the great gate of the +Chateau rumbled a large motor truck with an American flag +fluttering from the radiator! It was driven by a strange young +woman in a smart gray uniform. Beside her on the driver's seat +sat an older woman dressed the same way and carrying in her hand +a black medicine-case. + +The girl stopped her engine, climbed down to the ground, and +approached the astonished people of Fontanelle: "Bon jour," she +said, smiling. Then in excellent French she explained her errand. +"We are Americans," she said, and at that name every face smiled +back at her. "We have come to help you restore your homes. +America loves and admires the French people, and since we women +cannot fight with you, we wish at least to help in the +reconstruction of your beautiful France. Your government has +given us permission to start our work here, and has promised help +from the soldiers whose camp is near. The money we bring from +America will purchase materials, and with your labor and the help +of the soldiers we shall soon see what can be done." + +For a moment after she had ceased speaking there was silence. The +people of Fontanelle were too astonished for words. So much good +fortune after all their sorrow left them stunned. It was Pierre +who first found his voice. He took off his cap, swung it in the +air and shouted, "Vive l'Amerique," at the top of his lungs, and +"Vive l'Amerique," chorused the whole village, relieved to be +able to vent their feelings in sound. + +Mademoiselle laughed. "Vive la France," she answered, and then, +turning to the truck, she cried, "Come and see what we have in +our little shop on wheels. But first let me introduce to you Dr. +Miller. She is an American doctor who has come to take care of +any who may be sick." + +The Doctor had already climbed down from her high seat and was +opening the back of the truck. She smiled and shook hands with +the people. "Is there not something here you wish to buy?" she +asked. "The prices are plainly marked." + +Everybody now crowded about the truck, and in it,--oh, wonderful,- +-piled on the floor and hanging from the top and sides, were the +very things for which they had been longing so eagerly! There +were hoes, and shovels, and rakes, and garden seeds of all kinds. +There were bolts of cloth and woolen garments and wooden shoes, +and yarn for knitting. There were even knitting-needles! And, +best of all, there was food, food such as they had not seen in +many weary months. Ah, it was indeed marvelous what that truck +contained! + +The buying began at once, and never before had any one been able +to purchase so much for a franc! Soon there was nothing left in +the truck but some bedding and other articles belonging to the +Doctor and Mademoiselle, as the people at once began to call her. + +"Will you not come with me to my apartment in the stable?" said +Mother Meraut cordially to the two women. "You must be tired from +your journey." + +"We must first see the Commandant at the camp," said the Doctor, +"and then we shall be happy if you will find some lunch for us. +It is necessary to see at once if our houses have come." + +"Your houses!" cried Pierre, so surprised that he quite forgot +his manners. "But, Madame, it is not possible that you carry your +houses with you like the snails?" + +The Doctor laughed. "Not just like the snails," she said; "our +houses have been sent on ahead of us in sections, with the army +supplies, and are no doubt here in the care of the Commandant." + +"Go, my Pierre, conduct them to the camp," said his Mother, "and +when you come back," she added, turning to the two women, "I will +have ready for you the best that my poor house affords." The +Doctor and Mademoiselle thanked Mother Meraut, and then, +following Pierre, started down the river road toward the camp a +mile or more away. + +The next few days seemed to Pierre and Pierrette, and indeed to +all the inhabitants of Fontanelle, little less than a series of +miracles. In the first place, the Doctor and Mademoiselle had +scarcely finished the good lunch which Mother Meraut had waiting +for them on their return from camp, when a great truck, loaded +with sections of the portable houses, entered the great gate of +the Chateau. It was followed by a detachment of soldiers from the +Foreign Legion, sent by the Commandant to erect them. The +soldiers were also Americans, and Pierre and Pierrctte were +delighted to find that both "Jim" and "Uncle Sam" were among +them. Indeed Uncle Sam was in command of the squad, and when he +presented himself and his men to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, he +explained that the Commandant had detailed Americans to this +duty, as he thought that they would more easily understand what +the ladies wished to have done. + +The whole place now swarmed with people working as busily as bees in a hive. By +night one house was fit to be occupied. The following night two +more had been erected, and the soldiers had laid tent floors in +all of them. The day after that six more young women in gray +came, bringing more supplies. Under the generalship of the +Doctor, Mother Meraut was installed in the carriage-house which +opened from the stable, and here she prepared meals for her +family and for all the new-comers as well. The Doctor established +a dispensary in one room of the Chateau, and Mademoiselle opened +a store in the basement, keeping there for sale a large quantity +of the supplies which had been brought by the six young women. +Father Meraut and Grandpere worked hard on the gardens, assisted +by Pierre and Pierrette and any other person in the village who +was capable of wielding a hoe. Soon people began to come in from +the neighboring hamlets, bringing their sick babies to the Doctor +for treatment. The great truck was loaded with supplies received +through the Army Service and the Red Cross, and the young women +took turns in driving the "Shop on Wheels" into other, less +favored districts, to start there work similar to that begun at +Fontanelle. + +Uncle Sam and Jim came so often to the village that they were +soon on friendly terms with every one in it. They acted as +emissaries between the camp and the village, and if anything was +needed which was beyond the power of these determined women to +supply, Uncle Sam and Jim seemed always by some miracle to +accomplish it. One day the Doctor said to Jim "I wish there were +some way of getting a good cow here. These little children cannot +get rosy and strong without fresh milk, and they haven't had any +since the Germans drove away their cows." + +A week later Jim appeared at the Chateau gate leading a cow! +There was a card tied to one horn. The Doctor removed it and +read, "To Dr. Miller for the little children of Fontanelle." + +"It's from the Commandant," said Jim, beaming with pride. + +The cow proved such a success, and the babies and young children +showed at once such improvement, that the Doctor determined that +they should have not only milk but fresh eggs, and Mademoiselle +was sent to Paris to make investigations, and, if possible, place +an order for more cows and some hens. Upon her return she +announced that a load of live-stock from southern France would +soon arrive at the nearest railroad station, five miles away. + +"It's going to be a regular menagerie," said Mademoiselle, when +she told Mother Meraut about it. "There will be two more cows, +two pigs, a pair of goats, ten pairs of rabbits, and sixty +fowls." + +"Mercy upon us!" cried Mother Meraut. "Where in the world can we +put them all? Must we move out of our apartment to admit the +cows?" + +"No," laughed Mademoiselle, "we must find another way to take +care of them. The cows can stay out of doors now, and there is +grass to feed them and the goats. They can all be tethered by +ropes, if necessary, but we must find a secure place to keep the +pigs and the rabbits, and the chicken-house must be mended and +put in order for the fowls." + +"But Madame Corbeille now resides in the chicken-house. What will +become of her and her children?" cried Mother Meraut. + +"Easy enough," said Mademoiselle; "there is still room in your +stable, is there not? For example, there is the granary! It will +do excellently for the Corbeilles. Pierre and Pierrette will help +build the rabbit-hutch, I know, and there we are, all provided +for!" + +So it was arranged, and that afternoon another family came to +live under the same roof with the Merauts. Grandpere, with his +new hammer and some nails, mended the chicken-house, and then +helped Pierre and Pierrette build enclosures for the rabbits and +pigs out of stones and rubble from the fallen walls. + +At last the day came when all the creatures were to arrive, and +Mademoiselle arranged that the Twins, Mother Meraut, and four of +her own party of young women should go to the railroad station to +get them. The great truck was brought out, ropes were then thrown +in, and all the people who composed what Mademoiselle called the +"Reception Committee" climbed in and sat on the floor, while +Mademoiselle and the Doctor occupied the driver's seat. The +soldiers had done some work on the roads, so they were not as bad +as they had been earlier in the spring; but they were still bad +enough, and the people in the truck were bounced about like +kernels of corn in a popper. + +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they arrived at the station, "the +fowls and the rabbits will have to go back in the truck. That +will be easy, for they came in crates; but the cows, the goats, +and the pigs must be either led or driven." + +"It sounds simple enough," said the Doctor, "but have any of you +ever known any cows or pigs? Do you know how to manage them?" + + +"I have an acquaintance with cows," said Mother Meraut, "but to +goats and pigs I am a stranger." + +"Very well," said Mademoiselle, "Mother Meraut shall lead the way +with the cows. You, Kathleen and Louise," she said, turning to +two of the gray-uniformed girls, "you shall attend the goats. +Mary and Martha may tackle the pigs. Pierre and Pierrette will +serve excellently as short-stops in case any of our live-stock +gets away, and the Doctor and I will bring up the rear." + +"It's going to be a regular circus!" said Kathleen. "I feel as if +we ought to wear spangles and be led by a band." + +"We haven't any clown, though," said Martha. + +"I shouldn't wonder," said Mary, "if we'd all look like clowns in +this parade." + +The car with the creatures in it was standing on a side track, +and the station agent, looking doubtfully at the girls, led the +way to it, and after the rabbits and fowls had been loaded into +the truck, placed a gangplank for the cows to walk down, and +opened the door of the car. But nothing happened; the cows +obstinately refused to step down the plank. + +"Here's a rope," said Mademoiselle, at last, throwing one up to +the agent. "I hoped we shouldn't need it, but I guess we do." + +The agent fixed the rope to the horns of one of the cows, and +threw the other end to Mademoiselle. "Now," said he, "pull gently +to begin with." + +Mademoiselle, pale but valiant, pulled, quietly at first, then +harder. The cow put her head down, braced her feet and backed. + +"Come on," cried Mademoiselle to the others, "we'll all have to +pull together." + +Any one who could get hold of it seized the rope. + +"I never played 'pom pom pull away' with a cow before," quavered +Louise. "I--I--don't feel sure she knows the rules of the game!" + +"She'll soon learn," said Mademoiselle, grimly. "Don't welch. +Now, then, one--two--three--pull!" + +At the word, they all leaned back and pulled. The cow, yielding +suddenly, shot out of the car like a cork out of a champagne +bottle, and the girls attached to the rope went down like a row +of bricks. The rope flew out of their hands, and the cow went +careering down the track with the rope dangling wildly after her, +while the other cow, fired by her example, came bawling after. +When they found grass by the roadside they became reasonable at +once. Mother Meraut then took charge of them, and, as Kathleen +remarked, "that ended the first movement." The second began when +the goats were unloaded. Mademoiselle took no chances with them. +She got the agent to put ropes on them in the first place, and +Kathleen and Louise, cautiously advancing to the plank, held up +propitiatory offerings of grass. + +"That 's right," laughed Mademoiselle, "leading citizens with +bouquets! Perhaps a speech of welcome might help. They aren't the +first old goats to be received that way." + +"Hush!" implored Louise. "My knees are knocking together so I can +hardly stand up now, and suppose they should butt!" + +"In the words of the immortal bard 'butt me no butts,'" murmured +Kathleen, as they reached the gang-plank. + +The agent, having attached the rope and released the goats from +their moorings, stood back and gave them full access to the open +door, holding the other end of the rope firmly in his hands. "You +can take the ropes when they are safely down the plank," he cried +gallantly. "They need a man to handle them." + +"Oh, thank you," said Kathleen and Louise with one voice. + +The goats accepted the suggestion of the open door at once and +galloped down the gang-plank with such reckless speed that the +agent lost his footing and came coasting down after them. "Mille +tonneurs!" he exclaimed, as he reached the end of the gang-plank +and struck a bed of gravel. "Those goats are possessed of the +devil!" + +The Doctor was beside him in an instant. "I hope you are not +injured," she cried. "Is there anything I can do for you? I am a +doctor." + +"No, Madame," said the agent, bowing politely, as he got himself +on his feet again, "I am hurt only in my pride, and you have no +medicine for that!" + +"Oh," cried Mademoiselle, "how brave it was of you! It's as you +say--they need a man to manage them!" + +The station agent looked at the goats, who were now grazing +peacefully, attended by Kathleen and Louise, and then, a little +thoughtfully, at Mademoiselle. "It is indeed better that a man +should take these risks," he said, throwing out his chest. "And +there are still the pigs! I doubt not they are as full of demons +as the Gadarene Swine themselves!" + +"What should we do without your help?" said Mademoiselle. "The +pigs cannot be roped!" + +"No," said the agent sadly, "they cannot." He considered a +moment. Then he motioned to Pierre and Pierrette, who were +standing with Mary and Martha at a respectful distance. "Come +here, all of you," he said, addressing them from the top of the +gang-plank; "pigs must be taken by strategy. I am an old soldier. +I will engineer an encircling movement. Mademoiselle; will you +stand here at the left, and, Madame la Docteur, will you station +yourself at my right? The rest of you arrange yourselves in a +curved line extending westward from Madame. Then I will release +the pigs, and you, watching their movements, will head them off +if they start in the wrong direction. Voila! We will now +commence." + +He went back into the car, and in another moment the pigs, +squealing vociferously, thundered down the gang-plank, gave one +look at the "encircling movement," and, wheeling about, instantly +dashed under the car and out on the other side into an open +field. It was not until they had made a complete tour of the +village, pursued by the entire personnel of the "encircling +movement" that they were at last turned into the Fontanelle road. + +"This isn't--the way--this parade--was advertised!" gasped +Kathleen, as she struggled with her goat in an effort to take her +appointed place in the caravan. "The--cows--were to--go--first!" + +"Never mind," answered Louise cheerfully, as she pulled her goat +into the road. "A little informality will be overlooked, I'm +sure." + +Mother Meraut followed them with the cows, and last of all +Mademoiselle and the Doctor climbed into the truck and brought up +the rear of the procession, with all the roosters crowing at the +top of their lungs. + +There is not time to tell of all the adventures that befell them +on the eventful journey back to Fontanelle. One can merely guess +that it must have been full of excitement, since the Reception +Committee did not reach the village with their charges until some +time after dark. Mother Meraut was worried because she was not +home in time to get a hot supper for the tired girls, but when +they arrived they found that Grand'mere had stepped into the +breach, and had made steaming hot soup for every one. Grandpere +and Father Meraut took charge of the live-stock, and Mother +Corbeille milked the cows. + +As they dragged themselves wearily to bed that night, Kathleen +decorated Mademoiselle with a huge cross,--cut out of paper,-- +which she pinned upon her nightgown. "For extreme gallantry," she +explained, "in leading your forces into action in face of a +fierce charge by two goats, and for taking prisoner two +rebellious pigs!" Then she saluted ceremoniously and tumbled into +bed. + + + +XII. MORNING IN THE MEADOW + +As summer came on, life seemed less and less sad to the people of +Fontanelle. With the coming of the Americans the outlook had so +changed that, although the war was not yet over, they could look +forward to the future with some degree of hope. The news brought +from Rheims by occasional refugees was always sad. The Germans +con tinued to shell the defenseless city, and the Cathedral +sustained more and more injuries, but the beautiful stained-glass +windows had been carefully taken down, the broken pieces put +together as far as possible, and the whole shipped to safer +places in France. The statue of Jeanne d'Arc within the church +had also been taken from its niche, while the one before the +Cathedral doors still remained unharmed by shot and shell. + +It comforted Mother Meraut to think of that valiant figure +standing alone amid such desolation. She had other things to +comfort her as well. With food and fresh air the roses bloomed +again in the cheeks of her children. Soon, too, the gardens began +to yield early vegetables. In the morning, instead of hearing the +sound of guns, they were awakened by bird-songs, or by the +crowing of cocks and the bleating of goats. These were pleasant +sounds to the people of Fontanelle, for they brought memories of +peaceful and prosperous days, and the promise of more to come. + +The rebuilding of the village was begun by the end of June, and +the sound of saws and hammers cheered them with the prospect of +comfortable homes before cold weather should come again. The work +proceeded slowly, for the workers were few, even though their +good friend the Commandant gave them all the help he could. There +were now a multitude of little chicks running about on what had +been the stately lawns of the Chateau, and there were twenty new +little rabbits in the rabbit-hutch. As the rabbits could not +forage for themselves, it was necessary for others to forage for +them, and this work fell to the lot of Pierre and Pierrette. + +One summer morning one of the roosters crowed very, very early, +and the Twins, having no clock, supposed it was time for them to +get up and go for fresh leaves and roots for the rabbits, as they +did every day. They rose at once, and the sun was just peering +above the eastern horizon as they came out of the stable door. +They went to the rabbit-hutch, and the rabbits, seeing them, +stood up on their hind legs and wiggled their noses hungrily. + +"Rabbits do have awful appetites," said Pierre, a little +ruefully, as he looked down at the empty food-box. "Just think +what a pile of things we brought them yesterday." + +"There's nothing to do but get them more, I suppose," answered +Pierrette. + +"I know where there's just bushels and bushels of water-cress," +said Pierre, "but it's quite a long distance off. You know the +brook that flows through the meadow between here and camp? It's +just stuffed with it, and rabbits like it better than almost +anything." + +"Let's go and get some now," said Pierrette. "We can take the +clothes-basket and bring back enough to last all day." + +Pierre went for the basket, and the two children started down the +road which ran beside the meadow toward the camp. It was so early +that not another soul in the village was up. Even the rooster had +gone to sleep again after his misguided crowing. One pale little +star still winked in the morning sky, but the birds were already +winging and singing, as the children, carrying the basket between +them, set forth upon their quest. + +When they reached the brook, they set down the basket, took off +their wooden shoes, and, wading into the stream, began gathering +great bunches of the cress. They were so busy filling their +basket that they did not notice the sun had gone out of sight +behind a cloud-bank, and that the air was still with that strange +breathless stillness that precedes a storm. It was not until a +loud clap of thunder, accompanied by a flash of light ning, +suddenly broke the silence, that they knew the storm was upon +them. When they looked up, the meadow grasses were bend ing low +before a sudden wind, and the trees were swaying to and fro as if +in terror, against the background of an angry sky. + +"Wow!" said Pierre. "I guess we're in for it! We can't possibly +get home before it breaks." + +"Oh," gasped Pierrette, as another peal of thunder shook the air, +"I don't want to stay out in it. What shall we do?" + +Pierre looked about him. A little distance beyond the brook, +toward the camp, there was a straw-stack with a rough straw- +thatched shed beside it, half hidden under a group of small +trees. Pierre pointed to it. "We'll leave the basket here," he +said, "and hide under the straw until the storm is over. Then we +can come back again, get it, and go home." + +Another clap of thunder, louder still, sent them flying on their +way, and they did not speak again until they were under the +shelter of the shed. The first big drops fell as they reached it, +and then the storm broke in a fury of wind and water. The +children cowered against the stack itself as far as possible out +of reach of the driving rain. + +They had been there but a few moments, when they heard a new +sound in addition to the roar of the wind and the patter of the +rain upon the leaves. It was the dull tread of heavy footsteps, +and they were surprised to see a man running toward the straw- +stack, his head bent to shield his face from the rain, under the +brim of an old hat. His clothes were rough and unkempt, and +altogether his appearance was so forbidding that the children +instinctively dived under the straw at the edge of the stack like +frightened mice, and burrowed backward until they were completely +hidden, though they could still peep out through the loose straw. + +The man reached the shed almost before they were out of view, but +it was evident that he had not seen them, for he did not glance +in their direction. He took off his hat and shook the rain-drops +from it. Then he wiped his face and neck with a soiled +handkerchief and sat down on the edge of a bench that had once +been used for salting cattle. He sat still for a little while, +with his feet drawn up on the bench and his hands clasping his +knees, the better to escape the rain. Then he began to grow +restless. He walked back and forth and peered out into the rain +in the direction of the camp. The children were so frightened +they could hear their own hearts beat, but they had been in +danger so many times, and in so many different ways that they +kept their presence of mind, and were able to follow closely his +every move. Soon they heard the sound of more footsteps, and +suddenly there dashed under the shed a soldier in the uniform of +France. It was evident that the first man expected him, for he +showed no surprise at his coming, and the two sat down together +on the bench and began to talk. + +The wind had now subsided a little, and though they spoke in low +tones the children could hear every word. + +"Whew!" said the soldier as he shook his rain-coat. "Nasty +weather." + +"All the better for our purposes," answered the other man. +"There's less chance of our being seen." + +"Not much chance of that, anyway, so early in the morning as +this," answered the soldier, looking at his watch. "It's not yet +four o'clock!" + +"Best not to linger, anyway," said the other man. "That Captain +of yours has the eyes of a hawk. I was up at camp the other day +selling cigarettes and chocolate, and he eyed me as if he was +struck with my beauty." + +"I wish you'd keep away from camp," said the soldier, +impatiently. "It isn't necessary, and you might run into some one +who knew you back in Germany. There are all kinds of people in +the Foreign Legion. I tell you, it isn't safe, and besides, I can +get all the information we need without it." + +"All right, General," responded the other, grinning. "But have +you _got_ it? That's the question. I expect that buzzard will be +flying around again over this field in a night or so,--the moon +is 'most full now, and the nights are light,--and I've got to be +able to signal him just how to find the powder magazine and the +other munitions. Then he can swoop right over there and drop one +of his little souvenirs where it will do the most good and fly +away home. I advise you to keep away from that section of the +camp yourself." + +"Here is the map," said the soldier, drawing a paper from his +pocket, "and there are also statistics as to the number of men +and all I can find out about plans for using them. Take good care +of it. It wouldn't be healthy to be found with it on you." + +The first man pocketed the paper. "That's all, is it?" he asked. + +"All for this time, anyway," answered the soldier. + +The man looked at him narrowly. + +"Well," said the soldier, "what's the matter? Don't I look like a +Frenchman?" + +"You'd deceive the devil himself," answered the man with a short +laugh. "No one would ever think you were born in Bavaria. Don't +forget and stick up the corners of your mustache, though. That +might give you away. When do you think you can get over to see +that fort?" + +"I don't know," answered the soldier sharply, " but I'll meet you +here day after to-morrow at the same hour. Auf Wiedersehen," and +he was gone. + +After his departure, his companion lingered a moment, lit a +cigarette, looked up at the sky, and, seeing that the shower was +nearly over, strolled off in the opposite direction. + +The children, looking after him, saw him come upon their basket +near the brook, examine it carefully, and then look about in +every direction as if searching for the owners. Seeing no one, he +gave it a kick and passed on. They watched him, not daring to +move until he turned toward the river and was out of sight. Later +they saw a boat come from the shelter of some bushes on the bank, +and slip quietly down the stream with the man in it. + +When they dared move once more they crawled out from under the +straw, and Pierrette said, "Well, what do you think of that?" + +"Think!" Pierre said, choking with wrath. "I think he's a +miserable dog of a spy! They are both spies! And they are going +to try to blow up the whole camp! You come along with me." He +seized Pierrette by the hand, and the two flew over the wet +meadow toward the distant camp. + +"Whatever should we do if we met that soldier?" gasped Pierrette, +breathless with running and excitement. + +"Look stupid," said Pierre promptly. "He didn't see us, and he'd +never dream we had seen him; but, by our blessed Saint Jeanne, +this is where I get even with the Germans! Let's find Jim and +Uncle Sam." + +Reveille was just sounding as they entered the camp and presented +themselves at the door of Uncle Sam's tent. During the weeks that +had elapsed since their arrival in France, Jim and Uncle Sam had +acquired a fair working knowledge of the language, and, though it +still remained a queer mixture of French and English, they and +the children managed to understand each other very well. + +"Bonjour, kids!" cried Uncle Sam in astonishment, when he saw the +two children at the tent door. "What on earth are you doing here? +Don't you know visitors are not expected in camp at this hour?" + +"Sh--sh!" said Pierre, laying his finger on his lips. "Nobody +must see us! We have important news!" + +Uncle Sam sat up in bed. "Why, I believe you have," he said, +looking attentively. at their pale faces. "Just wait a minute +while I get my clothes on. Here, you--Jim," he added, poking a +recumbent figure in the adjoining cot. "Roll out! It's reveille!" + +Jim sat up at once and rubbed his eyes, and, after a hurried +consultation, the two men turned the two children with their +faces to the wall in one corner of the tent, while they made a +hasty toilet in the other. + +"Now, then, out with it," said Uncle Sam a few moments later. +"Que vooly-voo? What's up?" + +Jim sat down beside him on the edge of the cot, and the two men +listened in amazement to the story the two children had to tell. +When they had finished, Uncle Sam wasted no words. "Come with me +to the Captain tooty sweet," he said. And Jim added, as he patted +the Twins tenderly on the head, "By George, mes enfants, you +ought to get the war cross for this day's work." + +A few moments more, and the children and Uncle Sam were ushered +by an orderly into the presence of the Captain, who was just in +the act of shaving. Uncle Sam's message to him had been so +imperative that they were admitted at once to his presence, even +though his face was covered with lather and he was likely to fill +his mouth with soap if he opened it. Uncle Sam saluted, and the +Twins, wishing to be as polite as possible, saluted too. The +Captain returned the salute, and went on shaving as he listened +to their story, grunting now and then emphatically instead of +speaking, on account of the soap. When Pierre came to what the +soldier had said under the shed, he was so much interested that +he cut his chin. + +"So that's their program, is it?" he sputtered, soap and all, +mopping his chin. "But how on earth did you happen to be in such +a place as that at such an hour in the morning?" + +Pierre explained about the rabbits and the cress, and Uncle Sam +added: "They're from Fontanelle. Their father is a soldier +wounded at the Marne, and they lived under fire in Rheims for +eight months before coming here. They're some kids, believe me! +They know what war is." + +"Yes," said the Captain, "I remember them; they came up the river +some weeks ago." Then he turned to the children. "Would you know +that soldier if you were to see him again?" he asked. + +"Oh, yes," said the children. + +"Very well," said the Captain, "the men will go to breakfast +soon. You stay with Sam and watch them, and if you see that man +go by you step on Sam's foot. No one must see you do it. Be sure +you don't make a mistake now," he added, "and if you really do +unearth the rascal, it's the best day's work you ever did, for +yourselves as well as for France. Sam, you report to me +afterwards, and be sure you give no occasion for suspicion to any +one." + +"Yes, sir," said Sam, and saluted. Pierre and Pierrette saluted +also. + +The Captain returned the salute with ceremony. "You are true +soldiers of France," he said to the Twins as they left his tent. + + +If their comrades were surprised to see Uncle Sam standing with +two children by his side while the others passed into the mess +tent with cups and plates in hand, no one said anything. It was a +little irregular to be sure--but then--Americans were always +unexpected! For a long time the men filed by, and still there was +no sign of the face they sought. At last, however, Pierre came +down solidly on Uncle Sam's right foot, and at the same time +Pierrette touched his left with her wooden shoe. There, right in +front of them, carrying his plate and cup, and twirling his +mustache, was the man they sought! + +The Twins stood still, and not by the quiver of an eyelash did +they betray any excitement until the man had passed into the +tent. Then Uncle Sam said to them, "Now you scoot for home, or +your Mother will be worried to death! Tell your Father and Mother +all about it, but don't tell another soul at present." The +children flew back across the meadow, picked up their basket of +cress, and when they reached the Chateau, fed the hungry rabbits. +Then they found their Father and Mother and told them their +morning's adventures. + + + +XIII. CHILDREN OF THE LEGION + +It must not be supposed, because things were more cheerful for +the inhabitants of Fontanelle, that they had forgotten the war. +They were reminded of it every day, not only by the presence of +soldiers, but by the sound of distant guns, and by the visits of +German airplanes. Often in the middle of the night an alarm would +be given, and the people of the village would spring from their +beds and seek refuge in the cellars of the. Chateau--that is, all +but Kathleen; she obstinately refused to go, even when the Doctor +reasoned with her. "Let me die in my bed," she pleaded. "It's +better form. Our best people have always done it, and besides +when I'm waked suddenly that way I'm apt to be cross." So, when +the sound of the buzzing motor was heard in the sky, she simply +drew the covers over her head, and stayed where she was, while a +strange, half-clad procession, recruited from stables and +granary, filed into the Chateau cellar. These raids were likely +to occur on bright nights, and as the time of the full moon +approached, the people of the village grew more watchful and +slept less soundly. + +On the night following the adventure of the Twins in the meadow, +though the moon shone, no aerial visitor appeared, nor did one +come the next night after. Neither did any news from camp come to +the village. Pierre and Pierrette longed to tell Mademoiselle and +the Doctor their secret, but Uncle Sam had told them to share it +with no one but their parents, and they knew obedience was the +first requisite of a good soldier; so they said nothing, and +nearly burst in consequence. They went no more to the meadow +after cress, however. Mother Meraut saw to that. If they had gone +there on the morning of the next day but one after their +encounter with the spies, they would have had a still more +thrilling expe rience, for at midnight Uncle Sam, Jim, and the +Captain had quietly stolen away from camp and hidden themselves +in the straw. There they stayed until in the gray of the early +dawn they saw a boat come up the river, and the slouching figure +of the spy stalk across the meadow to his rendez-vous under the +shed. They stayed there until the soldier appeared, and until +they had heard with their own ears the plan for signaling the +German airplane that night, and for giving information which +would en able the aviator to blow up their stores of powder and +ammunition. Then, suddenly and swiftly, at a prearranged signal, +the three men sprang from the straw, and the astonished spies +found themselves surrounded and covered by the muzzles of three +guns. They saw at once that resistance was useless, and sullenly +obeyed the Captain's order to throw up their hands. They were +then marched back to camp, turned over to the proper authorities, +and the next morning at sunrise they met the fate of all spies +who are caught. + +That was not the end of the affair, however, for, knowing that +the airplane which the spy had referred to as the "Buzzard" was +to be expected that night, and that the German aviator would look +for signals from the straw-stack, plans were made for his +reception, and this part of the drama was witnessed from the +village as well as from the camp. The night was clear, and at +about eleven o'clock the whirr of a motor was heard in the +distance. The Doctor, who had returned late from a visit to a +sick patient in an adjoining village, heard it, and at once gave +the alarm. Out of their beds tumbled the sleepy people of +Fontanelle, and, wrapping themselves in blankets or any garment +they could snatch, they ran out of doors and gazed anxiously into +the sky. + +Pierre and Pierrette, with their parents and grandparents, were +among the first to appear. They saw the black speck sail swiftly +from the east, and hover like a bird of ill omen over the +meadows. No alarm sounded from the camp, but suddenly from the +shadows three French planes shot into the air. Two at once +engaged the enemy, while a third cut off his retreat. The battle +was soon over. There were sharp reports of guns and blinding +flashes of fire as the great machines whirled and maneuvered in +the air, and then the German, finding himself outnumbered and +with no way of escape, came to earth and was taken prisoner. + +"Three of 'em bagged, by George," exclaimed Jim to Uncle Sam, +when the aviator was safely locked up in the guardhouse, "and all +due to the pluck and sense of those two kids. If it hadn't been +for them, the chances are we'd all have been ready for cold +storage by this time. They've saved the camp--that's what they've +done! There are explosives enough stored here to have blown every +one of us to Kingdom-come!" + +"Right you are, Jim," replied Uncle Sam with hearty emphasis, "we +surely do owe them something, and that's a cinch. Let's talk with +the boys." + +That night Uncle Sam and Jim made eloquent use of all the French +they knew as they sat about the camp-fire, and told the story of +Pierre and Pierrette to their comrades in arms. Not only did they +tell of their finding the spies and saving the camp from +destruction, but of their Father, wounded at the Marne, of their +experience in the Cathedral at Rheims, and of all they had +suffered there, and especially of their plucky Mother whose +spirit no misfortune could break. And when they had finished the +tale, the men gave such a hearty cheer for the whole Meraut +family that it was heard in the village a mile away, though no +one there had the least idea what the noise was about. + +The next day Uncle Sam and Jim appeared in Fontanelle and told +the story of the spies to the Doctor and Mademoiselle, and then +they held a long private conference with Mother Meraut. The +children were on pins and needles to know what they were talking +about, and why Mother Meraut looked so happy afterward, but she +only shook her head when they begged her to tell them, and said, +"Someday you'll find out." + +Two days later an orderly rode into the Chateau gate on +horseback, and inquired for Pierre and Pierrette Meraut. At the +moment he arrived the Twins were feeding the rabbits, but they +came running to the gate when their Mother called them, and the +orderly handed them an envelope with their names on it in large +letters. The Twins were so excited they could hardly wait to know +what was inside. They had never before received a letter. Their +Mother opened it and read the contents to the astonished +children. This was the note:-- + +"The Commandant and men of the Foreign Legion request the +pleasure of the company of Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, and of +all the people of Fontanelle at a birthday party to be held at +Camp (of course the exact name of the camp has to be left out on +account of the Censor) "on July 14th at 4 o'clock in the +afternoon. R. S. V. P." + +The eyes of Pierre and Pierrette almost popped out of their heads +with surprise. "Why, Mother," they cried, "that's our birthday! +And it's Bastille Day too! Do you suppose it is the birthday of +the Com- mandant also?" + +"Maybe," said their Mother, smiling. "Anyway it is the birthday +of our dear France." + +The orderly smiled, too, and touched his hat. "Is there an +answer?" he asked. + +"There will be," said Mother Meraut, "but first the others must +be told." + +The Twins ran with their wonderful letter to the dispensary and +told the Doctor. Then they found Mademoiselle, who, with +Kathleen's assistance, was putting a new tire on one wheel of the +truck. They found Louise mending a chicken-coop, and Mary and +Martha sorting supplies in the storeroom. They found all the +other people of the village, some in the garden and some working +elsewhere, and every single one said they should be delighted to +go. + +"Now," said Mademoiselle, when they returned to her and reported, +"you must write your acceptance." + +The Twins looked blank. "Can't we just tell him?" they asked +anxiously. "We can't write very well--not well enough to write to +the Commandant." + +"Oh, but," said Mademoiselle, "I'm sure he will expect a letter, +and you must just write the very best you can, and it will be +good enough, I'm sure. Get writing-materials, and I will help +you." + +At her direction Pierre brought paper and ink from her little +house, and the two children sat down on the ground beside the +truck. + +"Now, what shall we say?" asked Pierrette. + +"I know," said Pierre; "let's say: 'Thank you for asking us to +your party. We are all coming. Amen!' Don't you think that would +do?" + +Mademoiselle bent over her tire. "Yes," she said, "I think he +will like that, but I'd both sign it if I were you." + +So the Twins signed it and put it in an envelope and gave it to +the orderly, who promptly put it in his pocket, saluted, wheeled +his horse, and galloped away toward camp. + +The days before the party were full of excitement for the Twins. +They thought of nothing else, and how strange it was that +Bastille Day and the Commandant's birthday both should be the +same as theirs. Mother Meraut bought some cloth, and made +Pierrette a new dress, and Pierre a new blouse, to wear on the +great occasion, and when the day finally came, the children +searched the fields to find flowers for a bouquet for the +Commandant; since they had no other birthday gift to offer him. + +At three o'clock in the afternoon the whole village was ready to +start. Mademoiselle drove the truck with the old people and +little children sitting in it on heaps of straw. Kathleen was the +driver of the Ford car, and had as passengers Father Meraut, +because he was lame, and Grandpere because he was Grandpere, and +the Twins because it was their birthday; and everybody else +walked. + +When they reached the camp, they found Jim and Uncle Sam ready to +act as guard of honor to conduct them to the Commandant, who, +with the Captain beside him, waited to receive them beside the +flagstaff at the reviewing-stand of the parade-ground. It seemed +very strange to Pierre and Pierrette that they should walk before +their parents, and even before the Doctor and Mademoiselle, but +Uncle Sam and Jim arranged the procession, and placed them at its +head. So, carrying their bouquet of flowers, they followed +obediently where their escort led. "Now, kids," said Uncle Sam in +a low voice as they neared the reviewing-stand, "walk right up +and mind your manners. Salute and give him the bouquet, and speak +your piece." + +"We haven't any piece to speak," quavered Pierrette, very much +frightened, "except to wish him many happy returns of his +birthday." + +Uncle Sam's eyes twinkled. "That'll do all right," he said; only +of course he said it in French. + +The regiment was massed before the reviewing-stand as the little +company came forward to meet their host, and when at last Pierre +and Pierrette stood before the Commandant, with the beautiful +flag of France floating over them, though they had been fearless +under shell-fire, their knees knocked together with fright, and +it was in a very small voice that they said, together, "Bonjour, +Monsieur le Commandant, accept these flowers and our best wishes +for many happy returns of your birthday." + +The Commandant took the flowers and smiled down at them. "It is +not my birthday, my little ones," he said gently, "it is the +birthday of our glorious France and of two of her brave soldiers, +Pierre and Pierrette Meraut, as well, and the Foreign Legion is +here to celebrate it! Come up here beside me." He drew them up +beside him on the reviewing-stand and turned their astonished +faces toward the regiment. + +"Men of the Foreign Legion," he said, "these are the children who +discovered two spies, and by reporting them saved our camp from +probable destruction." Then, turning again to the children, he +said: "By your prompt and intelligent action you have prevented a +terrible catastrophe. In recognition of your services the Foreign +Legion desires to make you honorary members of the regiment, and +France is proud to claim you as her children!" Then he pinned +upon their breasts a cockade of blue, white, and red, the colors +of France, and kissed them on both cheeks, the regiment meanwhile +standing at attention. + +When he had finished the little ceremony, the men, responding to +a signal from the Captain; burst into a hearty cheer. "Vive +Pierre! Vive Pierrette! Vive tous les Meraut," they cried. + +For a moment the Twins stood stunned, petrified with +astonishment, looking at the cheering men and at the proud +upturned faces of their parents and the people of Fontanelle. +Then Pierre was suddenly inspired. He waved his hat in salutation +to the flag which, floated above them and shouted back to the +regiment, "Vive la France!" and Pierrette saluted and kissed her +hand. Then the band struck up the Marseillaise, and everybody +sang it at the top of his lungs. + +It was a wonderful golden time that followed, for when the +children had thanked the Commandant, all the people of Fontanelle +were invited to sit on the reviewing-stand and watch the regiment +go through the regular drill and extra maneuvers in honor of the +day, and when that was over, the guests were escorted back to the +mess tent, and there they had supper with the men. Moreover, the +camp cook had made a magnificent birthday cake, all decorated +with little French flags. It was cut with the Captain's own +sword, and though there wasn't enough for the whole regiment, +every one from Fontanelle had a bite, and Pierre and Pierrette +each had a whole piece. + +When the beautiful bright day was over and they were back again +in Fontanelle, the Twins found that even this was not the end of +their joy and good fortune, for Mother Meraut told them that the +regiment had put in her care a sum of money to provide for their +education. "Children of such courage and good sense must be well +equipped to serve their country when they grow up," the +Commandant had said, and the men, responding to his appeal, had +put their hands in their pockets and brought out a sum sufficient +to make such equipment possible. + +More than that, Uncle Sam and Jim had two small uniforms made for +them,--only Pierrette's had a longer skirt to the coat,--and on +parade days and other great occasions they wore them to the camp, +with the blue, white, and red cockades pinned proudly upon their +breasts. Indeed, they became the friends and pets of the whole +regiment, and were quite as much at home with the soldiers as +with the people of Fontanelle. + +Then one day Uncle Sam had a letter from home in which there was +wonderful news. It said that the city of Rheims had been +"adopted" by the great, rich city of Chicago far away across the +seas, and that some happy day when the war should be over and +peace come again to the distracted world, Rheims should rise +again from its ashes, rebuilt by its American friends. + +In this hope the Twins still live and work, performing their +duties faithfully each day, like good soldiers, and praying +constantly to the Bon Dieu and their adored Saint Jeanne that the +blessings which have come to them may yet come also to all their +beloved France. + + + +PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY + +KEY + +ale, care, am, arm, ask; eve, end; menu, ice, ill; old, obey, +orb, odd; food; zh = z in azure; N = the French nasal. ' An +apostrophe indicates a short sounding of the preceding consonant. + +_Proper Names_ + +Aisne +Amerique +Boche +Charly +Corbeille +Coudert +Fifine +Jacqueline +Jacques +Jeanne d'Arc +Marseillaise +Meraut +Pierre +Rheims +Varennes +Vesle + + +_French Words and Phrases_ + +Abbe + +Bon Dieu (Heavenly Father) + +Bonjour (Good-day; hello; how do you do?) + +chateau (castle) + +combattre le Boche (fight the Boche) + +grand'mere (grandmother) + +grandpere (grandfather) + +"Les Americains des Etats-Unis, duns l'uniforme de la France. +Mais maintenant nous exterminons le Boche." ("Americans from the +United States, in the uniform of France. Surely now we shall +crush out the Boche.") + +Mille tonneurs! (Great heavens!) + +Que voulez-vous? (What do you wish?) + +Verger + +Vive (Long live) + +Vive la France (Long life to France!) + +Vive tous les Meraut (Long life to all the Meraut family.) + +"Auf Wiedersehen" (German: "Till we meet again," or "Good-bye.") + +"Lieb' Vaterland, macht ruhig sein" (German national anthem: +"Dear Fatherland, be tranquil.") + + +SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS + +The French Twins offers a valuable supplement to the study of +current events. In the first place, there is no problem of +arousing interest in the nation which this book represents. +France and the French people have from the outbreak of the Great +War compelled new and intense interest and sympathy from all +Americans; and each fresh insight into the character, life, and +ideals of the country is eagerly welcomed. Moreover, in any class +there will be few children who cannot claim either a relative or +a friend who has served in the War; and many, like Pierre and +Pierrette Meraut, will have had soldier fathers, thereby creating +a bond between themselves and the Merauts strong enough to +guarantee the pupils' interest throughout the reading of the +book. Like the other books of the "Twins Series," _The French +Twins_ adapts itself readily to dramatization. + +In providing adequate background for the story, the teacher will +find fertile resources in newspapers and magazines. _The Red +Cross Magazine_, _The National Geographic Magazine_, the Boy +Scout and the Girl Scout publications, are readily accessible and +contain much valuable supplementary material for classroom use. +The Foreign Legion, the Battles of the Marne, Joffre's visit to +the United States, Rheims Cathedral, important events near the +scenes of the story, etc., can be made clear and real to the +children by the aid of maps, illustrations, and articles in these +magazines, and by means of picture post-cards, and other material +from other sources. The story of the founding of the Red Cross, +the origin of its flag, etc., will help to vivify the incidents +connected with this organization. + +As for French history, the two focus points are the stoniest of +Joan of Arc and Bastille Day. Both furnish abundance of colorful +detail and incident upon which to build the pupils' conceptions +of the spirit and ideals of the French people. In the case of +Bastille Day, correlation should be made between that day and our +own Independence Day, comparing the French and American +Revolutions and indicating the similar circumstances in the two +movements. Lafayette's part in our War of the Revolution and +America's payment of our debt to France in the Great War form +another means of making familiar to the children the story of our +historic friendship with France. + +While _The French Twins_ is a war story, soldiers and trenches +and battle-fields are nevertheless not the main features; on the +contrary, _The French Twins_ depicts the necessary part played by +women, children, and old people during the War, and shows how the +spirit and aims of the soldiers' families have been the same as +those of the soldiers themselves. Self-control, endurance, and +cheerfulness at home are proved to be as much a part of true +bravery as fearlessness in battle. Since the soldier's part in +the War has been held closely to everyone's attention, the +reading of this story will supply a balancing view of the other +side of war; and the pupils' perspective of the whole cannot fail +to gain in scope. + +Books which may be commended to the teacher, for descriptions of +various aspects of the Great War, are: Hay's _The First Hundred +Thousand_; Nicolas's _Campaign Diary of a French Officer_; +Aldrich's _A Hilltop on the Marne_; Hall's _High Adventure_ and +_Kitcheners Mob_; Buswell's _Ambulance No. 10_; Haigh's _Life in +a Tank_; Stevenson's _From "Poilu" to "Yank"_; two anonymous +books, _The Retreat from Mons_ and _Friends of France_; Paine's +_The Fighting Fleets_; and Root and Crocker's _Over Periscope +Pond_. + +For children's reading, we suggest Mrs. Perkins's _The +Belgian Twins_, Sara Cone Bryant's _I am an American_, +Thwaites and Kendall's _History of the United States_, +Tappan's _Little Book of the War_, and such compilations +as _Stories of Patriotism_ and _The Patriotic Reader_. + + + + +End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of The French Twins +by Lucy Fitch Perkins + diff --git a/old/frtwn10.zip b/old/frtwn10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..280655a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/frtwn10.zip |